1/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA 2 Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. 5 6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) 9 any later version. 10 11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 14 GNU General Public License for more details. 15 16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free 18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 19 02110-1301, USA. */ 20 21/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science 22 at the University of Utah. */ 23 24#include "as.h" 25#include "safe-ctype.h" 26#include "subsegs.h" 27#include "dw2gencfi.h" 28 29#include "bfd/libhppa.h" 30 31/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */ 32#include "opcode/hppa.h" 33 34#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM) 35error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined 36#endif 37 38/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug 39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records, 40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */ 41#ifdef OBJ_ELF 42#include "dwarf2dbg.h" 43 44/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do 45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */ 46 47/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 48typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type; 49 50/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 51typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 52#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc) 54 55#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 56/* How to generate a relocation. */ 57#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type 58#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type 59#else 60#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type 61#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type 62#endif 63 64/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere 65 to store a copyright string. */ 66#define obj_version obj_elf_version 67#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version 68 69#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind" 70#endif /* OBJ_ELF */ 71 72#ifdef OBJ_SOM 73/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */ 74#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$" 75#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$" 76#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$" 77#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$" 78 79/* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 80typedef int reloc_type; 81 82/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */ 83#define obj_version obj_som_version 84#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright 85 86/* How to generate a relocation. */ 87#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type 88 89/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 90typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 91#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc) 93 94/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */ 95#ifndef R_DLT_REL 96#define R_DLT_REL 0x78 97#endif 98 99#ifndef R_N0SEL 100#define R_N0SEL 0xd8 101#endif 102 103#ifndef R_N1SEL 104#define R_N1SEL 0xd9 105#endif 106#endif /* OBJ_SOM */ 107 108#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 109#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25 110#else 111#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10 112#endif 113 114/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */ 115 116/* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */ 117 118struct unwind_desc 119 { 120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1; 121 unsigned int millicode:1; 122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1; 123 unsigned int region_desc:2; 124 unsigned int save_sr:2; 125 unsigned int entry_fr:4; 126 unsigned int entry_gr:5; 127 unsigned int args_stored:1; 128 unsigned int call_fr:5; 129 unsigned int call_gr:5; 130 unsigned int save_sp:1; 131 unsigned int save_rp:1; 132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1; 133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1; 134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1; 135 136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1; 137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1; 138 unsigned int reserved:3; 139 unsigned int frame_size:27; 140 }; 141 142/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular 143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to 144 object files. */ 145#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \ 146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \ 147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \ 148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \ 149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \ 150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \ 151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \ 152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \ 153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \ 154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \ 155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \ 156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \ 157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \ 158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \ 159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \ 160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0)) 161 162#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \ 163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \ 164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \ 165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0)) 166 167struct unwind_table 168 { 169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by 170 descriptor. */ 171 unsigned int start_offset; 172 unsigned int end_offset; 173 struct unwind_desc descriptor; 174 }; 175 176/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to 177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in 178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors. 179 180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of 181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME. 182 183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the 184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */ 185 186struct call_info 187 { 188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */ 189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind; 190 191 /* Name of this function. */ 192 symbolS *start_symbol; 193 194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */ 195 symbolS *end_symbol; 196 197 /* Next entry in the chain. */ 198 struct call_info *ci_next; 199 }; 200 201/* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions 202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows 203 SGL and DBL). */ 204typedef enum 205 { 206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW 207 } 208fp_operand_format; 209 210/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to 211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation 212 (ELF has no need for it). */ 213typedef enum 214 { 215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE, 217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE, 218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA, 219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY, 220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE, 221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL, 222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG, 223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG, 224 } 225pa_symbol_type; 226 227/* This structure contains information needed to assemble 228 individual instructions. */ 229struct pa_it 230 { 231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */ 232 unsigned long opcode; 233 234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */ 235 expressionS exp; 236 237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */ 238 int pcrel; 239 240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */ 241 fp_operand_format fpof1; 242 fp_operand_format fpof2; 243 244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */ 245 int trunc; 246 247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction 248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */ 249 long field_selector; 250 251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this 252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */ 253 unsigned int arg_reloc; 254 255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */ 256 int format; 257 258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */ 259 reloc_type reloc; 260 }; 261 262/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this: 263 264 +--------------+--------------+ 265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R | 266 +--------------+--------------+ 267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R | 268 +--------------+--------------+ 269 | | | 270 271 . . . 272 . . . 273 . . . 274 275 | | | 276 +--------------+--------------+ 277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R | 278 +--------------+--------------+ 279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R | 280 +--------------+--------------+ */ 281 282/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */ 283struct call_desc 284 { 285 /* The argument relocation specification. */ 286 unsigned int arg_reloc; 287 288 /* Number of arguments. */ 289 unsigned int arg_count; 290 }; 291 292#ifdef OBJ_SOM 293/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 294 chain. */ 295 296struct subspace_dictionary_chain 297 { 298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */ 299 unsigned int ssd_defined; 300 301 /* Name of this subspace. */ 302 char *ssd_name; 303 304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 305 asection *ssd_seg; 306 int ssd_subseg; 307 308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */ 309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next; 310 }; 311 312typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct; 313 314/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 315 chain. */ 316 317struct space_dictionary_chain 318 { 319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or 320 as a default space. */ 321 unsigned int sd_defined; 322 323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */ 324 unsigned int sd_user_defined; 325 326 /* The space number (or index). */ 327 unsigned int sd_spnum; 328 329 /* The name of this subspace. */ 330 char *sd_name; 331 332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */ 333 asection *sd_seg; 334 335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */ 336 int sd_last_subseg; 337 338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */ 339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces; 340 341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */ 342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next; 343 }; 344 345typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct; 346 347/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace 348 dictionary entries. */ 349 350struct default_subspace_dict 351 { 352 /* Name of the subspace. */ 353 const char *name; 354 355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */ 356 char defined; 357 358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */ 359 char loadable; 360 361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */ 362 char code_only; 363 364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */ 365 char comdat; 366 367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */ 368 char common; 369 370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols 371 to be multiply defined. */ 372 char dup_common; 373 374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */ 375 char zero; 376 377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */ 378 unsigned char sort; 379 380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access 381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */ 382 int access; 383 384 /* Index of containing space. */ 385 int space_index; 386 387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */ 388 int alignment; 389 390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */ 391 int quadrant; 392 393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */ 394 int def_space_index; 395 396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 397 subsegT subsegment; 398 }; 399 400/* This structure defines attributes of the default space 401 dictionary entries. */ 402 403struct default_space_dict 404 { 405 /* Name of the space. */ 406 const char *name; 407 408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within 409 assembly code numerically! */ 410 int spnum; 411 412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */ 413 char loadable; 414 415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */ 416 char defined; 417 418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */ 419 char private; 420 421 /* Sort key for this space. */ 422 unsigned char sort; 423 424 /* Segment associated with this space. */ 425 asection *segment; 426 }; 427#endif 428 429/* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments, 430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular 431 label. */ 432typedef struct label_symbol_struct 433 { 434 struct symbol *lss_label; 435#ifdef OBJ_SOM 436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space; 437#endif 438#ifdef OBJ_ELF 439 segT lss_segment; 440#endif 441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next; 442 } 443label_symbol_struct; 444 445/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */ 446struct hppa_fix_struct 447 { 448 /* The field selector. */ 449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field; 450 451 /* Type of fixup. */ 452 int fx_r_type; 453 454 /* Format of fixup. */ 455 int fx_r_format; 456 457 /* Argument relocation bits. */ 458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc; 459 460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */ 461 segT segment; 462 }; 463 464/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ 465 466struct pd_reg 467 { 468 const char *name; 469 int value; 470 }; 471 472/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string 473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */ 474struct fp_cond_map 475 { 476 const char *string; 477 int cond; 478 }; 479 480/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector 481 string to a field selector type. */ 482struct selector_entry 483 { 484 const char *prefix; 485 int field_selector; 486 }; 487 488/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */ 489 490#ifdef OBJ_SOM 491static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void); 492#endif 493 494#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 495static void pa_text (int); 496static void pa_data (int); 497static void pa_comm (int); 498#endif 499#ifdef OBJ_SOM 500static int exact_log2 (int); 501static void pa_compiler (int); 502static void pa_align (int); 503static void pa_space (int); 504static void pa_spnum (int); 505static void pa_subspace (int); 506static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int, 507 int, int, int, 508 asection *, int); 509static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 510 const char *, int, int, 511 int, int, int, int, 512 int, int, int, int, 513 int, asection *); 514static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 515 char *, int, int, int, 516 int, int, int, int, 517 int, int, int, int, 518 asection *); 519static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *); 520static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *); 521static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *); 522static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *, 523 subsegT); 524static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int); 525static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int); 526static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int); 527#endif 528 529/* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */ 530 531#ifdef OBJ_SOM 532/* Root and final entry in the space chain. */ 533static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root; 534static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last; 535 536/* The current space and subspace. */ 537static sd_chain_struct *current_space; 538static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace; 539#endif 540 541/* Root of the call_info chain. */ 542static struct call_info *call_info_root; 543 544/* The last call_info (for functions) structure 545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and 546 function labels. */ 547static struct call_info *last_call_info; 548 549/* The last call description (for actual calls). */ 550static struct call_desc last_call_desc; 551 552/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */ 553static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL; 554 555/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be 556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!' 557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */ 558const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>"; 559 560/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of 561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename' 562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output. 563 564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the 565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs 566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. 567 568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */ 569const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; 570 571/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the 572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */ 573const char comment_chars[] = ";"; 574 575/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */ 576const char line_separator_chars[] = "!"; 577 578/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */ 579const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; 580 581/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant. 582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. 583 584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be 585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it 586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */ 587const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; 588 589static struct pa_it the_insn; 590 591/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression 592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global 593 variable. */ 594static char *expr_end; 595 596/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */ 597static int callinfo_found; 598 599/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */ 600static int within_entry_exit; 601 602/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */ 603static int within_procedure; 604 605/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol 606 seen in each subspace. */ 607static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 608 609/* Last label symbol */ 610static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol; 611 612/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise. 613 614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or 615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction. 616 617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure 618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields 619 by pa_parse_number. */ 620static int strict; 621 622/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly 623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating 624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards. 625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point 626 register has a `r' suffix. */ 627#define FP_REG_BASE 64 628#define FP_REG_RSEL 128 629static int pa_number; 630 631#ifdef OBJ_SOM 632/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */ 633static symbolS *dummy_symbol; 634#endif 635 636/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */ 637static int print_errors = 1; 638 639/* List of registers that are pre-defined: 640 641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form 642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>. 643 644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner, 645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names. 646 647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form 648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined 649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which 650 again have the value <REGNUM>. 651 652 Many registers also have synonyms: 653 654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms 655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms 656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms 657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym 658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym 659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym 660 661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed 662 here for brevity. 663 664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ 665 666static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = 667{ 668 {"%arg0", 26}, 669 {"%arg1", 25}, 670 {"%arg2", 24}, 671 {"%arg3", 23}, 672 {"%cr0", 0}, 673 {"%cr10", 10}, 674 {"%cr11", 11}, 675 {"%cr12", 12}, 676 {"%cr13", 13}, 677 {"%cr14", 14}, 678 {"%cr15", 15}, 679 {"%cr16", 16}, 680 {"%cr17", 17}, 681 {"%cr18", 18}, 682 {"%cr19", 19}, 683 {"%cr20", 20}, 684 {"%cr21", 21}, 685 {"%cr22", 22}, 686 {"%cr23", 23}, 687 {"%cr24", 24}, 688 {"%cr25", 25}, 689 {"%cr26", 26}, 690 {"%cr27", 27}, 691 {"%cr28", 28}, 692 {"%cr29", 29}, 693 {"%cr30", 30}, 694 {"%cr31", 31}, 695 {"%cr8", 8}, 696 {"%cr9", 9}, 697 {"%dp", 27}, 698 {"%eiem", 15}, 699 {"%eirr", 23}, 700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 800 {"%fret", 4}, 801 {"%hta", 25}, 802 {"%iir", 19}, 803 {"%ior", 21}, 804 {"%ipsw", 22}, 805 {"%isr", 20}, 806 {"%itmr", 16}, 807 {"%iva", 14}, 808#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 809 {"%mrp", 2}, 810#else 811 {"%mrp", 31}, 812#endif 813 {"%pcoq", 18}, 814 {"%pcsq", 17}, 815 {"%pidr1", 8}, 816 {"%pidr2", 9}, 817 {"%pidr3", 12}, 818 {"%pidr4", 13}, 819 {"%ppda", 24}, 820 {"%r0", 0}, 821 {"%r1", 1}, 822 {"%r10", 10}, 823 {"%r11", 11}, 824 {"%r12", 12}, 825 {"%r13", 13}, 826 {"%r14", 14}, 827 {"%r15", 15}, 828 {"%r16", 16}, 829 {"%r17", 17}, 830 {"%r18", 18}, 831 {"%r19", 19}, 832 {"%r2", 2}, 833 {"%r20", 20}, 834 {"%r21", 21}, 835 {"%r22", 22}, 836 {"%r23", 23}, 837 {"%r24", 24}, 838 {"%r25", 25}, 839 {"%r26", 26}, 840 {"%r27", 27}, 841 {"%r28", 28}, 842 {"%r29", 29}, 843 {"%r3", 3}, 844 {"%r30", 30}, 845 {"%r31", 31}, 846 {"%r4", 4}, 847 {"%r5", 5}, 848 {"%r6", 6}, 849 {"%r7", 7}, 850 {"%r8", 8}, 851 {"%r9", 9}, 852 {"%rctr", 0}, 853 {"%ret0", 28}, 854 {"%ret1", 29}, 855 {"%rp", 2}, 856 {"%sar", 11}, 857 {"%sp", 30}, 858 {"%sr0", 0}, 859 {"%sr1", 1}, 860 {"%sr2", 2}, 861 {"%sr3", 3}, 862 {"%sr4", 4}, 863 {"%sr5", 5}, 864 {"%sr6", 6}, 865 {"%sr7", 7}, 866 {"%t1", 22}, 867 {"%t2", 21}, 868 {"%t3", 20}, 869 {"%t4", 19}, 870 {"%tf1", 11}, 871 {"%tf2", 10}, 872 {"%tf3", 9}, 873 {"%tf4", 8}, 874 {"%tr0", 24}, 875 {"%tr1", 25}, 876 {"%tr2", 26}, 877 {"%tr3", 27}, 878 {"%tr4", 28}, 879 {"%tr5", 29}, 880 {"%tr6", 30}, 881 {"%tr7", 31} 882}; 883 884/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is 885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked 886 for < first, we would get a false match. */ 887static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] = 888{ 889 {"false?", 0}, 890 {"false", 1}, 891 {"true?", 30}, 892 {"true", 31}, 893 {"!<=>", 3}, 894 {"!?>=", 8}, 895 {"!?<=", 16}, 896 {"!<>", 7}, 897 {"!>=", 11}, 898 {"!?>", 12}, 899 {"?<=", 14}, 900 {"!<=", 19}, 901 {"!?<", 20}, 902 {"?>=", 22}, 903 {"!?=", 24}, 904 {"!=t", 27}, 905 {"<=>", 29}, 906 {"=t", 5}, 907 {"?=", 6}, 908 {"?<", 10}, 909 {"<=", 13}, 910 {"!>", 15}, 911 {"?>", 18}, 912 {">=", 21}, 913 {"!<", 23}, 914 {"<>", 25}, 915 {"!=", 26}, 916 {"!?", 28}, 917 {"?", 2}, 918 {"=", 4}, 919 {"<", 9}, 920 {">", 17} 921}; 922 923static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] = 924{ 925 {"f", e_fsel}, 926 {"l", e_lsel}, 927 {"ld", e_ldsel}, 928 {"lp", e_lpsel}, 929 {"lr", e_lrsel}, 930 {"ls", e_lssel}, 931 {"lt", e_ltsel}, 932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel}, 933 {"n", e_nsel}, 934 {"nl", e_nlsel}, 935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel}, 936 {"p", e_psel}, 937 {"r", e_rsel}, 938 {"rd", e_rdsel}, 939 {"rp", e_rpsel}, 940 {"rr", e_rrsel}, 941 {"rs", e_rssel}, 942 {"rt", e_rtsel}, 943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel}, 944 {"t", e_tsel}, 945}; 946 947#ifdef OBJ_SOM 948/* default space and subspace dictionaries */ 949 950#define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME 951#define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME 952 953/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */ 954#define SUBSEG_CODE 0 955#define SUBSEG_LIT 1 956#define SUBSEG_MILLI 2 957#define SUBSEG_DATA 0 958#define SUBSEG_BSS 2 959#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3 960#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0 961#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1 962 963static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] = 964{ 965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE}, 966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA}, 967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT}, 968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI}, 969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS}, 970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0} 971}; 972 973static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] = 974{ 975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL}, 976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL}, 977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL} 978}; 979 980/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */ 981 982/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */ 983#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined 984#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined 985#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum 986#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name 987 988#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined 989#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name 990#endif 991 992/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents 993 a right or left half of a FP register */ 994#define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r') 995#define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l') 996 997/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */ 998 999#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \ 1000 { \ 1001 if (immediate_check) \ 1002 { \ 1003 if (pos == -1) \ 1004 pos = (VALUE); \ 1005 else if (len == -1) \ 1006 len = (VALUE); \ 1007 } \ 1008 } 1009 1010/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip 1011 main loop after insertion. */ 1012 1013#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \ 1014 { \ 1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \ 1016 continue; \ 1017 } 1018 1019/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds. 1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1021 1022#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \ 1023 { \ 1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1025 { \ 1026 if (! IGNORE) \ 1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1028 (int) (FIELD));\ 1029 break; \ 1030 } \ 1031 } 1032 1033/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where 1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */ 1035 1036#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \ 1037 { \ 1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1039 { \ 1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \ 1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1042 (int) (FIELD));\ 1043 break; \ 1044 } \ 1045 } 1046 1047/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two). 1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1049 1050#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \ 1051 { \ 1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \ 1053 { \ 1054 if (! IGNORE) \ 1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \ 1056 (int) (FIELD));\ 1057 break; \ 1058 } \ 1059 } 1060 1061#define is_DP_relative(exp) \ 1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0) 1064 1065#define is_SB_relative(exp) \ 1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0) 1068 1069#define is_PC_relative(exp) \ 1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0) 1072 1073#define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \ 1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0) 1076 1077#define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \ 1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0) 1080 1081#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \ 1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0) 1084 1085#define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \ 1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0) 1088 1089#define is_tls_leoff(exp) \ 1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0) 1092 1093/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll 1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't 1095 need real complex handling yet. */ 1096#define is_complex(exp) \ 1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol) 1098 1099/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */ 1100 1101/* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and 1102 proc/procend pairs match. */ 1103 1104void 1105pa_check_eof (void) 1106{ 1107 if (within_entry_exit) 1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n")); 1109 1110 if (within_procedure) 1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n")); 1112} 1113 1114/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space. 1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */ 1116 1117static label_symbol_struct * 1118pa_get_label (void) 1119{ 1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1121 1122 if (label_chain) 1123 { 1124#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label) 1126 return label_chain; 1127#endif 1128#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label) 1130 return label_chain; 1131#endif 1132 } 1133 1134 return NULL; 1135} 1136 1137/* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined, 1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */ 1139 1140void 1141pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol) 1142{ 1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1144 1145 if (!label_chain) 1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol; 1147 1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1149#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space; 1151#endif 1152#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg; 1154#endif 1155 1156 /* Not used. */ 1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL; 1158 1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain; 1160 1161#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol); 1163#endif 1164} 1165 1166/* Removes a label definition for the current space. 1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */ 1168 1169static void 1170pa_undefine_label (void) 1171{ 1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 1173} 1174 1175/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA 1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa 1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An 1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the 1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the 1180 tc_fix_data field. */ 1181 1182static void 1183fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, 1184 int where, 1185 int size, 1186 symbolS *add_symbol, 1187 offsetT offset, 1188 expressionS *exp, 1189 int pcrel, 1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type, 1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field, 1192 int r_format, 1193 unsigned int arg_reloc, 1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1195{ 1196 fixS *new_fix; 1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 1198 1199 if (exp != NULL) 1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type); 1201 else 1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type); 1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type; 1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field; 1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format; 1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc; 1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 1209#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT) 1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits; 1212#endif 1213 1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$ 1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate 1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */ 1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy 1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0 1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0 1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0 1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0 1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0 1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0 1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0 1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)) 1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL; 1227} 1228 1229/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW. 1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */ 1231 1232void 1233cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, 1234 int hppa_field_selector) 1235{ 1236 unsigned int rel_type; 1237 1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */ 1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp)) 1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp)) 1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1243#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp)) 1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp)) 1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp)) 1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp)) 1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp)) 1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp)) 1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 1256#endif 1257 else if (is_complex (*exp)) 1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX; 1259 else 1260 rel_type = R_HPPA; 1261 1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel) 1263 { 1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.")); 1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel; 1266 } 1267 1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, 1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type, 1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0); 1271} 1272 1273/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */ 1274 1275static void 1276get_expression (char *str) 1277{ 1278 char *save_in; 1279 asection *seg; 1280 1281 save_in = input_line_pointer; 1282 input_line_pointer = str; 1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp); 1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section 1285 || seg == undefined_section 1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg))) 1287 { 1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression.")); 1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1290 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1291 return; 1292 } 1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1294 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1295} 1296 1297/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the 1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */ 1299 1300static int 1301pa_parse_nullif (char **s) 1302{ 1303 int nullif; 1304 1305 nullif = 0; 1306 if (**s == ',') 1307 { 1308 *s = *s + 1; 1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0) 1310 nullif = 1; 1311 else 1312 { 1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s); 1314 nullif = 0; 1315 } 1316 *s = *s + 1; 1317 } 1318 1319 return nullif; 1320} 1321 1322const char * 1323md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) 1324{ 1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE); 1326} 1327 1328/* Write out big-endian. */ 1329 1330void 1331md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n) 1332{ 1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); 1334} 1335 1336/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target 1337 format. */ 1338 1339arelent ** 1340tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp) 1341{ 1342 arelent *reloc; 1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL; 1345 arelent **relocs; 1346 reloc_type **codes; 1347 reloc_type code; 1348 int n_relocs; 1349 int i; 1350 1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0) 1353 return &no_relocs; 1354 1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0); 1356 gas_assert (section != 0); 1357 1358 reloc = XNEW (arelent); 1359 1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1362 1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations. 1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */ 1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr, 1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail 1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ 1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX 1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel) 1370 { 1371 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8; 1373 } 1374 1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput, 1376 fixp->fx_r_type, 1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format, 1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field, 1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL, 1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)); 1381 1382 if (codes == NULL) 1383 { 1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup")); 1385 abort (); 1386 } 1387 1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++) 1389 ; 1390 1391 relocs = XNEWVEC (arelent *, n_relocs + 1); 1392 reloc = XNEWVEC (arelent, n_relocs); 1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i]; 1395 1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL; 1397 1398#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type) 1400 { 1401 default: 1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1); 1403 1404 code = *codes[0]; 1405 1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */ 1407 switch (code) 1408 { 1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F: 1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32: 1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L: 1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: 1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in 1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section. 1419 1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1423 reloc->addend = 0; 1424 break; 1425 1426#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC 1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: 1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F: 1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C: 1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F: 1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: 1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 1435 fixp->fx_offset); 1436 break; 1437#endif 1438 1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32: 1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */ 1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1443 /* Fallthru */ 1444 1445 default: 1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1447 break; 1448 } 1449 1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1455 1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type); 1457 break; 1458 } 1459#else /* OBJ_SOM */ 1460 1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */ 1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1463 { 1464 code = *codes[i]; 1465 1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1468 relocs[i]->howto = 1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1472 1473 switch (code) 1474 { 1475 case R_COMP2: 1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference 1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four 1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */ 1479 gas_assert (i == 1); 1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr 1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1482 relocs[0]->howto 1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]); 1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0; 1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1489 relocs[1]->howto 1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]); 1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0; 1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy); 1496 relocs[2]->howto 1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]); 1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0; 1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr 1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1503 relocs[3]->howto 1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]); 1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0; 1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr 1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1510 relocs[4]->howto 1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]); 1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0; 1515 goto done; 1516 case R_PCREL_CALL: 1517 case R_ABS_CALL: 1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0); 1519 break; 1520 1521 case R_DLT_REL: 1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL: 1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL: 1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1526 (static link required). 1527 1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link! 1529 1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1534 break; 1535 1536 case R_N_MODE: 1537 case R_S_MODE: 1538 case R_D_MODE: 1539 case R_R_MODE: 1540 case R_FSEL: 1541 case R_LSEL: 1542 case R_RSEL: 1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB: 1544 case R_END_BRTAB: 1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY: 1546 case R_N0SEL: 1547 case R_N1SEL: 1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */ 1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1552 break; 1553 1554 case R_END_TRY: 1555 case R_ENTRY: 1556 case R_EXIT: 1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */ 1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *); 1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1561 break; 1562 1563 default: 1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1565 } 1566 } 1567 1568 done: 1569#endif 1570 1571 return relocs; 1572} 1573 1574/* Process any machine dependent frag types. */ 1575 1576void 1577md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1579 fragS *fragP) 1580{ 1581 unsigned int address; 1582 1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent) 1584 { 1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype) 1586 { 1587 case 0: 1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill; 1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1); 1590 know (fragP->fr_next); 1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix; 1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset) 1593 { 1594 fragP->fr_offset = 1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address 1596 - fragP->fr_address 1597 - fragP->fr_fix; 1598 } 1599 else 1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0; 1601 break; 1602 } 1603 } 1604} 1605 1606/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */ 1607 1608valueT 1609md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size) 1610{ 1611 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment); 1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1; 1613 1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2; 1615} 1616 1617/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */ 1618 1619int 1620md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1621{ 1622 int size; 1623 1624 size = 0; 1625 1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset) 1627 size++; 1628 1629 return size; 1630} 1631 1632#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1633# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1634const char *md_shortopts = "Vc"; 1635# else 1636const char *md_shortopts = "V"; 1637# endif 1638#else 1639# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1640const char *md_shortopts = "c"; 1641# else 1642const char *md_shortopts = ""; 1643# endif 1644#endif 1645 1646struct option md_longopts[] = 1647{ 1648#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1649 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'}, 1650#endif 1651 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} 1652}; 1653size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); 1654 1655int 1656md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1657{ 1658 switch (c) 1659 { 1660 default: 1661 return 0; 1662 1663#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1664 case 'V': 1665 print_version_id (); 1666 break; 1667#endif 1668#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1669 case 'c': 1670 warn_comment = 1; 1671 break; 1672#endif 1673 } 1674 1675 return 1; 1676} 1677 1678void 1679md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1680{ 1681#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1682 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1683 -Q ignored\n")); 1684#endif 1685#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1686 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1687 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n")); 1688#endif 1689} 1690 1691/* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ 1692 1693symbolS * 1694md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1695{ 1696 return NULL; 1697} 1698 1699#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 1700#define nonzero_dibits(x) \ 1701 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1)) 1702#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \ 1703 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE)) 1704#else 1705#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0 1706#endif 1707 1708/* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */ 1709 1710void 1711md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1712{ 1713 char *fixpos; 1714 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP; 1715 offsetT new_val; 1716 int insn, val, fmt; 1717 1718 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can 1719 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for 1720 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */ 1721#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1722 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY 1723 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT 1724 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY) 1727 return; 1728 1729 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY 1730 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes 1731 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */ 1732 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY) 1733 { 1734 fixP->fx_offset = * valP; 1735 return; 1736 } 1737#endif 1738#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1739 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY 1740 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT) 1741 return; 1742#endif 1743 1744 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0) 1745 fixP->fx_done = 1; 1746 1747 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */ 1748 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data; 1749 if (hppa_fixP == NULL) 1750 { 1751 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1752 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"), 1753 fixP->fx_r_type); 1754 return; 1755 } 1756 1757 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; 1758 1759 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32) 1760 { 1761 /* Handle constant output. */ 1762 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size); 1763 return; 1764 } 1765 1766 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos); 1767 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn); 1768 1769 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something 1770 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs). 1771 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it 1772 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */ 1773 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL 1774 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE) 1775#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1776 && fmt != 32 1777#endif 1778 ) 1779 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1780#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1781 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */ 1782 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel 1783 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 1784 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel 1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel 1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel) 1788 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1789#endif 1790 else 1791 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1792 1793 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */ 1794 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) 1795 && fixP->fx_addsy 1796 && fixP->fx_pcrel 1797 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy), 1798 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc) 1799#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1800 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384 1801 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288) 1802 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1803#endif 1804#ifdef OBJ_SOM 1805 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288 1806 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1807#endif 1808 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy) 1809 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy) 1810 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment 1811 && !(fixP->fx_subsy 1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)) 1813 { 1814 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1815 } 1816 1817 switch (fmt) 1818 { 1819 case 10: 1820 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1821 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1822 val = new_val; 1823 1824 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1) 1825 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1826 break; 1827 case -11: 1828 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1829 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1830 val = new_val; 1831 1832 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1) 1833 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1834 break; 1835 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */ 1836 case 14: 1837 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1838 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1839 val = new_val; 1840 1841 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14)); 1842 break; 1843 1844 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */ 1845 case 21: 1846 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 1847 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1848 val = new_val; 1849 1850 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val); 1851 break; 1852 1853 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */ 1854 case 11: 1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024, 1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1857 val = new_val; 1858 1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11); 1860 break; 1861 1862 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */ 1863 case 12: 1864 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 1865 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1866 val = new_val - 8; 1867 1868 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2); 1869 break; 1870 1871 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */ 1872 case 17: 1873 { 1874 offsetT distance = * valP; 1875 1876 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1877 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1878 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1879 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1880 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 1881 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1882 1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1885 val = new_val - 8; 1886 1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2); 1888 break; 1889 } 1890 1891 case 22: 1892 { 1893 offsetT distance = * valP; 1894 1895 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1896 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1897 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1898 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1901 1902 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1903 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1904 val = new_val - 8; 1905 1906 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2); 1907 break; 1908 } 1909 1910 case -10: 1911 val = new_val; 1912 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8); 1913 break; 1914 1915 case -16: 1916 val = new_val; 1917 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4); 1918 break; 1919 1920 case 16: 1921 val = new_val; 1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val); 1923 break; 1924 1925 case 32: 1926 insn = new_val; 1927 break; 1928 1929 default: 1930 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1931 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.")); 1932 return; 1933 } 1934 1935#ifdef OBJ_ELF 1936 switch (fixP->fx_r_type) 1937 { 1938 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L: 1939 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R: 1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L: 1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R: 1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L: 1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R: 1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L: 1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R: 1946 if (fixP->fx_addsy) 1947 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); 1948 break; 1949 default: 1950 break; 1951 } 1952#endif 1953 1954 /* Insert the relocation. */ 1955 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos); 1956} 1957 1958/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO? 1959 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */ 1960 1961long 1962md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) 1963{ 1964 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; 1965} 1966 1967/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of 1968 a statement. */ 1969 1970static int 1971is_end_of_statement (void) 1972{ 1973 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n') 1974 || (*input_line_pointer == ';') 1975 || (*input_line_pointer == '!')); 1976} 1977 1978#define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) 1979 1980/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return 1981 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ 1982 1983static int 1984reg_name_search (char *name) 1985{ 1986 int middle, low, high; 1987 int cmp; 1988 1989 low = 0; 1990 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1; 1991 1992 do 1993 { 1994 middle = (low + high) / 2; 1995 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name); 1996 if (cmp < 0) 1997 high = middle - 1; 1998 else if (cmp > 0) 1999 low = middle + 1; 2000 else 2001 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value; 2002 } 2003 while (low <= high); 2004 2005 return -1; 2006} 2007 2008/* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms, 2009 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be 2010 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol. 2011 2012 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing 2013 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is 2014 returned in `pa_number'. 2015 2016 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be 2017 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is 2018 not set. 2019 2020 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail 2021 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */ 2022 2023static int 2024pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float) 2025{ 2026 int num; 2027 char *name; 2028 char c; 2029 symbolS *sym; 2030 int status; 2031 char *p = *s; 2032 bfd_boolean have_prefix; 2033 2034 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */ 2035 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 2036 p = p + 1; 2037 2038 pa_number = -1; 2039 have_prefix = 0; 2040 num = 0; 2041 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p)) 2042 { 2043 /* Looks like a number. */ 2044 2045 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X')) 2046 { 2047 /* The number is specified in hex. */ 2048 p += 2; 2049 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f')) 2050 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F'))) 2051 { 2052 if (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2053 num = num * 16 + *p - '0'; 2054 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f') 2055 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10; 2056 else 2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10; 2058 ++p; 2059 } 2060 } 2061 else 2062 { 2063 /* The number is specified in decimal. */ 2064 while (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2065 { 2066 num = num * 10 + *p - '0'; 2067 ++p; 2068 } 2069 } 2070 2071 pa_number = num; 2072 2073 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */ 2074 if (is_float) 2075 { 2076 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE; 2077 if (! (is_float & 2)) 2078 { 2079 if (IS_R_SELECT (p)) 2080 { 2081 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL; 2082 ++p; 2083 } 2084 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p)) 2085 { 2086 ++p; 2087 } 2088 } 2089 } 2090 } 2091 else if (*p == '%') 2092 { 2093 /* The number might be a predefined register. */ 2094 have_prefix = 1; 2095 name = p; 2096 p++; 2097 c = *p; 2098 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general 2099 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY 2100 slow. */ 2101 if (c == 'r') 2102 { 2103 p++; 2104 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't' 2105 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1')) 2106 { 2107 p += 2; 2108 num = *p - '0' + 28; 2109 p++; 2110 } 2111 else if (*p == 'p') 2112 { 2113 num = 2; 2114 p++; 2115 } 2116 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) 2117 { 2118 if (print_errors) 2119 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2120 num = -1; 2121 } 2122 else 2123 { 2124 do 2125 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0'; 2126 while (ISDIGIT (*p)); 2127 } 2128 } 2129 else 2130 { 2131 /* Do a normal register search. */ 2132 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2133 { 2134 p = p + 1; 2135 c = *p; 2136 } 2137 *p = 0; 2138 status = reg_name_search (name); 2139 if (status >= 0) 2140 num = status; 2141 else 2142 { 2143 if (print_errors) 2144 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2145 num = -1; 2146 } 2147 *p = c; 2148 } 2149 2150 pa_number = num; 2151 } 2152 else 2153 { 2154 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which 2155 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */ 2156 name = p; 2157 c = *p; 2158 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2159 { 2160 p = p + 1; 2161 c = *p; 2162 } 2163 *p = 0; 2164 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL) 2165 { 2166 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section) 2167 { 2168 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2169 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a 2170 register, so... */ 2171 have_prefix = TRUE; 2172 } 2173 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr) 2174 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2175 else if (!strict) 2176 { 2177 if (print_errors) 2178 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name); 2179 num = -1; 2180 } 2181 } 2182 else if (!strict) 2183 { 2184 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol 2185 or for an empty string. For an empty string we 2186 will return zero. That's a concession made for 2187 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */ 2188 if (*name == 0) 2189 num = 0; 2190 else 2191 { 2192 if (print_errors) 2193 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name); 2194 num = -1; 2195 } 2196 } 2197 *p = c; 2198 2199 pa_number = num; 2200 } 2201 2202 if (!strict || have_prefix) 2203 { 2204 *s = p; 2205 return 1; 2206 } 2207 return 0; 2208} 2209 2210/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require 2211 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */ 2212 2213static int 2214need_pa11_opcode (void) 2215{ 2216 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0 2217 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL)) 2218 { 2219 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 2220 then set a new architecture. */ 2221 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11) 2222 { 2223 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11)) 2224 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 2225 } 2226 return TRUE; 2227 } 2228 else 2229 return FALSE; 2230} 2231 2232/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical 2233 code associated with the condition. */ 2234 2235static int 2236pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s) 2237{ 2238 int cond, i; 2239 2240 cond = 0; 2241 2242 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) 2243 { 2244 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string, 2245 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0) 2246 { 2247 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond; 2248 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2249 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and 2250 report an error. */ 2251 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2252 { 2253 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2254 break; 2255 } 2256 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t') 2257 *s = *s + 1; 2258 return cond; 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s); 2263 2264 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */ 2265 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2266 *s += 1; 2267 2268 return 0; 2269} 2270 2271/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */ 2272 2273static int 2274pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s) 2275{ 2276 int value; 2277 2278 value = 0; 2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0) 2280 { 2281 value = 5; 2282 *s += 4; 2283 } 2284 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0) 2285 { 2286 value = 9; 2287 *s += 4; 2288 } 2289 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0) 2290 { 2291 value = 13; 2292 *s += 4; 2293 } 2294 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0) 2295 { 2296 value = 17; 2297 *s += 4; 2298 } 2299 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0) 2300 { 2301 value = 1; 2302 *s += 3; 2303 } 2304 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0) 2305 { 2306 value = 6; 2307 *s += 4; 2308 } 2309 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0) 2310 { 2311 value = 2; 2312 *s += 3; 2313 } 2314 else 2315 { 2316 value = 0; 2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s); 2318 } 2319 2320 return value; 2321} 2322 2323/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2324 type. */ 2325 2326static fp_operand_format 2327pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s) 2328{ 2329 int format; 2330 2331 format = SGL; 2332 if (**s == ',') 2333 { 2334 *s += 1; 2335 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2336 { 2337 format = SGL; 2338 *s += 4; 2339 } 2340 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2341 { 2342 format = DBL; 2343 *s += 4; 2344 } 2345 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2346 { 2347 format = QUAD; 2348 *s += 5; 2349 } 2350 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0) 2351 { 2352 format = W; 2353 *s += 2; 2354 } 2355 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0) 2356 { 2357 format = UW; 2358 *s += 3; 2359 } 2360 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0) 2361 { 2362 format = DW; 2363 *s += 3; 2364 } 2365 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0) 2366 { 2367 format = UDW; 2368 *s += 4; 2369 } 2370 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0) 2371 { 2372 format = QW; 2373 *s += 3; 2374 } 2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0) 2376 { 2377 format = UQW; 2378 *s += 4; 2379 } 2380 else 2381 { 2382 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2383 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 return format; 2388} 2389 2390/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2391 type. */ 2392 2393static fp_operand_format 2394pa_parse_fp_format (char **s) 2395{ 2396 int format; 2397 2398 format = SGL; 2399 if (**s == ',') 2400 { 2401 *s += 1; 2402 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2403 { 2404 format = SGL; 2405 *s += 4; 2406 } 2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2408 { 2409 format = DBL; 2410 *s += 4; 2411 } 2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2413 { 2414 format = QUAD; 2415 *s += 5; 2416 } 2417 else 2418 { 2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2421 } 2422 } 2423 2424 return format; 2425} 2426 2427/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */ 2428 2429static int 2430pa_chk_field_selector (char **str) 2431{ 2432 int middle, low, high; 2433 int cmp; 2434 char name[4]; 2435 2436 /* Read past any whitespace. */ 2437 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */ 2438 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f') 2439 *str = *str + 1; 2440 2441 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%') 2442 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2443 name[1] = 0; 2444 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%') 2445 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2446 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2447 name[2] = 0; 2448 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%') 2449 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2450 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2451 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]), 2452 name[3] = 0; 2453 else 2454 return e_fsel; 2455 2456 low = 0; 2457 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1; 2458 2459 do 2460 { 2461 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2462 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix); 2463 if (cmp < 0) 2464 high = middle - 1; 2465 else if (cmp > 0) 2466 low = middle + 1; 2467 else 2468 { 2469 *str += strlen (name) + 1; 2470#ifndef OBJ_SOM 2471 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel) 2472 return e_fsel; 2473#endif 2474 return selector_table[middle].field_selector; 2475 } 2476 } 2477 while (low <= high); 2478 2479 return e_fsel; 2480} 2481 2482/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by 2483 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */ 2484 2485int 2486parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp) 2487{ 2488 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer); 2489 expression (exp); 2490 return hppa_field_selector; 2491} 2492 2493/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by 2494 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */ 2495static int 2496evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn) 2497{ 2498 offsetT value; 2499 expressionS exp; 2500 int field_selector = insn->field_selector; 2501 2502 exp = insn->exp; 2503 value = exp.X_add_number; 2504 2505 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector); 2506} 2507 2508/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */ 2509 2510static int 2511pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2512{ 2513 char *save_in; 2514 2515 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp); 2516 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2517 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2518 expression (&insn->exp); 2519 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2520 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2521 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant) 2522 { 2523 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */ 2524 if (!strict) 2525 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute).")); 2526 return 0; 2527 } 2528 return evaluate_absolute (insn); 2529} 2530 2531/* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the 2532 first whitespace character. */ 2533 2534static int 2535pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2536{ 2537 char *save_in; 2538 char *s, c; 2539 int result; 2540 2541 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2542 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2543 2544 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider 2545 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register 2546 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the 2547 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling 2548 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered 2549 in the symbol table. 2550 2551 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string 2552 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally 2553 contain no whitespace. */ 2554 2555 s = *strp; 2556 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 2557 s++; 2558 2559 c = *s; 2560 *s = 0; 2561 2562 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp); 2563 2564 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2565 *s = c; 2566 return result; 2567} 2568 2569/* Given an argument location specification return the associated 2570 argument location number. */ 2571 2572static unsigned int 2573pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name) 2574{ 2575 2576 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0) 2577 return 0; 2578 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0) 2579 return 1; 2580 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0) 2581 return 2; 2582 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0) 2583 return 3; 2584 else 2585 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name); 2586 2587 return 0; 2588} 2589 2590/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for 2591 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */ 2592 2593static unsigned int 2594pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc) 2595{ 2596 unsigned int new_reloc; 2597 2598 new_reloc = arg_reloc; 2599 switch (reg) 2600 { 2601 case 0: 2602 new_reloc <<= 8; 2603 break; 2604 case 1: 2605 new_reloc <<= 6; 2606 break; 2607 case 2: 2608 new_reloc <<= 4; 2609 break; 2610 case 3: 2611 new_reloc <<= 2; 2612 break; 2613 default: 2614 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg); 2615 } 2616 2617 return new_reloc; 2618} 2619 2620/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2621 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2622 2623static int 2624pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2625{ 2626 int cmpltr; 2627 char *name = *s + 1; 2628 char c; 2629 char *save_s = *s; 2630 int nullify = 0; 2631 2632 cmpltr = 0; 2633 if (**s == ',') 2634 { 2635 *s += 1; 2636 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2637 *s += 1; 2638 c = **s; 2639 **s = 0x00; 2640 2641 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2642 { 2643 cmpltr = 1; 2644 } 2645 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2646 { 2647 cmpltr = 2; 2648 } 2649 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2650 { 2651 cmpltr = 3; 2652 } 2653 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0) 2654 { 2655 cmpltr = 4; 2656 } 2657 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 2658 { 2659 cmpltr = 5; 2660 } 2661 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2662 { 2663 cmpltr = 6; 2664 } 2665 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2666 { 2667 cmpltr = 7; 2668 } 2669 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2670 completer. */ 2671 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2672 { 2673 cmpltr = 0; 2674 nullify = 1; 2675 } 2676 else 2677 { 2678 cmpltr = -1; 2679 } 2680 **s = c; 2681 } 2682 2683 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2684 if (nullify) 2685 *s = save_s; 2686 2687 return cmpltr; 2688} 2689 2690/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2691 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2692 2693static int 2694pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2695{ 2696 int cmpltr; 2697 char *name = *s + 1; 2698 char c; 2699 char *save_s = *s; 2700 int nullify = 0; 2701 2702 cmpltr = 0; 2703 if (**s == ',') 2704 { 2705 *s += 1; 2706 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2707 *s += 1; 2708 c = **s; 2709 **s = 0x00; 2710 2711 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 2712 { 2713 cmpltr = 0; 2714 } 2715 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 2716 { 2717 cmpltr = 1; 2718 } 2719 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 2720 { 2721 cmpltr = 2; 2722 } 2723 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 2724 { 2725 cmpltr = 3; 2726 } 2727 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 2728 { 2729 cmpltr = 4; 2730 } 2731 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0) 2732 { 2733 cmpltr = 5; 2734 } 2735 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 2736 { 2737 cmpltr = 6; 2738 } 2739 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 2740 { 2741 cmpltr = 7; 2742 } 2743 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2744 completer. */ 2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2746 { 2747 cmpltr = 0; 2748 nullify = 1; 2749 } 2750 else 2751 { 2752 cmpltr = -1; 2753 } 2754 **s = c; 2755 } 2756 2757 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2758 if (nullify) 2759 *s = save_s; 2760 2761 return cmpltr; 2762} 2763 2764/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for 2765 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. 2766 2767 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are 2768 returned as 8-15. */ 2769 2770static int 2771pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2772{ 2773 int cmpltr; 2774 char *name = *s + 1; 2775 char c; 2776 2777 cmpltr = -1; 2778 if (**s == ',') 2779 { 2780 *s += 1; 2781 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2782 *s += 1; 2783 c = **s; 2784 **s = 0x00; 2785 2786 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) 2787 { 2788 cmpltr = 0; 2789 } 2790 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2791 { 2792 cmpltr = 1; 2793 } 2794 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2795 { 2796 cmpltr = 2; 2797 } 2798 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2799 { 2800 cmpltr = 3; 2801 } 2802 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2803 { 2804 cmpltr = 4; 2805 } 2806 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0) 2807 { 2808 cmpltr = 5; 2809 } 2810 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0) 2811 { 2812 cmpltr = 6; 2813 } 2814 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0) 2815 { 2816 cmpltr = 7; 2817 } 2818 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0) 2819 { 2820 cmpltr = 8; 2821 } 2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2823 { 2824 cmpltr = 9; 2825 } 2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2827 { 2828 cmpltr = 10; 2829 } 2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2831 { 2832 cmpltr = 11; 2833 } 2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2835 { 2836 cmpltr = 12; 2837 } 2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0) 2839 { 2840 cmpltr = 13; 2841 } 2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0) 2843 { 2844 cmpltr = 14; 2845 } 2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0) 2847 { 2848 cmpltr = 15; 2849 } 2850 else 2851 { 2852 cmpltr = -1; 2853 } 2854 **s = c; 2855 } 2856 2857 return cmpltr; 2858} 2859 2860/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number 2861 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2862 2863static int 2864pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2865{ 2866 int cmpltr; 2867 char *name = *s + 1; 2868 char c; 2869 2870 cmpltr = -1; 2871 if (**s == ',') 2872 { 2873 *s += 1; 2874 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2875 *s += 1; 2876 c = **s; 2877 **s = 0x00; 2878 2879 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2880 { 2881 cmpltr = 0; 2882 } 2883 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2884 { 2885 cmpltr = 1; 2886 } 2887 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2888 { 2889 cmpltr = 2; 2890 } 2891 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2892 { 2893 cmpltr = 3; 2894 } 2895 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2896 { 2897 cmpltr = 4; 2898 } 2899 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2900 { 2901 cmpltr = 5; 2902 } 2903 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2904 { 2905 cmpltr = 6; 2906 } 2907 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2908 { 2909 cmpltr = 7; 2910 } 2911 else 2912 { 2913 cmpltr = -1; 2914 } 2915 **s = c; 2916 } 2917 2918 return cmpltr; 2919} 2920 2921/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number 2922 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2923 2924static int 2925pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2926{ 2927 int cmpltr; 2928 char *name = *s + 1; 2929 char c; 2930 char *save_s = *s; 2931 int nullify = 0; 2932 2933 cmpltr = 0; 2934 if (**s == ',') 2935 { 2936 *s += 1; 2937 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2938 *s += 1; 2939 c = **s; 2940 **s = 0x00; 2941 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2942 { 2943 cmpltr = 1; 2944 } 2945 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2946 { 2947 cmpltr = 2; 2948 } 2949 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2950 { 2951 cmpltr = 3; 2952 } 2953 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 2954 { 2955 cmpltr = 4; 2956 } 2957 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 2958 { 2959 cmpltr = 5; 2960 } 2961 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2962 { 2963 cmpltr = 6; 2964 } 2965 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2966 { 2967 cmpltr = 7; 2968 } 2969 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2970 completer. */ 2971 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2972 { 2973 cmpltr = 0; 2974 nullify = 1; 2975 } 2976 else 2977 { 2978 cmpltr = -1; 2979 } 2980 **s = c; 2981 } 2982 2983 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2984 if (nullify) 2985 *s = save_s; 2986 2987 return cmpltr; 2988} 2989 2990/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number 2991 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2992 2993static int 2994pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2995{ 2996 int cmpltr; 2997 char *name = *s + 1; 2998 char c; 2999 char *save_s = *s; 3000 int nullify = 0; 3001 3002 cmpltr = 0; 3003 if (**s == ',') 3004 { 3005 *s += 1; 3006 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3007 *s += 1; 3008 c = **s; 3009 **s = 0x00; 3010 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3011 { 3012 cmpltr = 0; 3013 } 3014 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3015 { 3016 cmpltr = 1; 3017 } 3018 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3019 { 3020 cmpltr = 2; 3021 } 3022 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3023 { 3024 cmpltr = 3; 3025 } 3026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3027 { 3028 cmpltr = 4; 3029 } 3030 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 3031 { 3032 cmpltr = 5; 3033 } 3034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 3035 { 3036 cmpltr = 6; 3037 } 3038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 3039 { 3040 cmpltr = 7; 3041 } 3042 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3043 completer. */ 3044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3045 { 3046 cmpltr = 0; 3047 nullify = 1; 3048 } 3049 else 3050 { 3051 cmpltr = -1; 3052 } 3053 **s = c; 3054 } 3055 3056 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3057 if (nullify) 3058 *s = save_s; 3059 3060 return cmpltr; 3061} 3062 3063/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for 3064 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3065 3066static int 3067pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 3068{ 3069 int cmpltr; 3070 char *name = *s + 1; 3071 char c; 3072 char *save_s = *s; 3073 int nullify = 0; 3074 3075 cmpltr = 0; 3076 if (**s == ',') 3077 { 3078 *s += 1; 3079 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3080 *s += 1; 3081 c = **s; 3082 **s = 0x00; 3083 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3084 { 3085 cmpltr = 1; 3086 } 3087 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3088 { 3089 cmpltr = 2; 3090 } 3091 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3092 { 3093 cmpltr = 3; 3094 } 3095 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3096 { 3097 cmpltr = 4; 3098 } 3099 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0) 3100 { 3101 cmpltr = 5; 3102 } 3103 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0) 3104 { 3105 cmpltr = 6; 3106 } 3107 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 3108 { 3109 cmpltr = 7; 3110 } 3111 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3112 { 3113 cmpltr = 8; 3114 } 3115 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3116 { 3117 cmpltr = 9; 3118 } 3119 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3120 { 3121 cmpltr = 10; 3122 } 3123 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3124 { 3125 cmpltr = 11; 3126 } 3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3128 { 3129 cmpltr = 12; 3130 } 3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 3132 { 3133 cmpltr = 13; 3134 } 3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 3136 { 3137 cmpltr = 14; 3138 } 3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 3140 { 3141 cmpltr = 15; 3142 } 3143 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3144 completer. */ 3145 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3146 { 3147 cmpltr = 0; 3148 nullify = 1; 3149 } 3150 else 3151 { 3152 cmpltr = -1; 3153 } 3154 **s = c; 3155 } 3156 3157 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3158 if (nullify) 3159 *s = save_s; 3160 3161 return cmpltr; 3162} 3163 3164/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results 3165 into the global "the_insn" variable. */ 3166 3167static void 3168pa_ip (char *str) 3169{ 3170 const char *error_message = ""; 3171 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s; 3172 const char *args; 3173 int match = FALSE; 3174 int comma = 0; 3175 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num; 3176 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1; 3177 unsigned long opcode; 3178 struct pa_opcode *insn; 3179 3180#ifdef OBJ_SOM 3181 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 3182 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 3183#endif 3184 3185 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower 3186 case. */ 3187 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++) 3188 *s = TOLOWER (*s); 3189 3190 /* Skip to something interesting. */ 3191 for (s = str; 3192 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); 3193 ++s) 3194 ; 3195 3196 switch (*s) 3197 { 3198 3199 case '\0': 3200 break; 3201 3202 case ',': 3203 comma = 1; 3204 3205 /*FALLTHROUGH */ 3206 3207 case ' ': 3208 *s++ = '\0'; 3209 break; 3210 3211 default: 3212 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3213 return; 3214 } 3215 3216 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ 3217 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL) 3218 { 3219 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3220 return; 3221 } 3222 3223 if (comma) 3224 *--s = ','; 3225 3226 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then 3227 start processing them. */ 3228 argstart = s; 3229 for (;;) 3230 { 3231 /* Do some initialization. */ 3232 opcode = insn->match; 3233 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT); 3234 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn)); 3235 need_cond = 1; 3236 3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE; 3238 3239 if (insn->arch >= pa20 3240 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch) 3241 goto failed; 3242 3243 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make 3244 sure that the operands match. */ 3245 for (args = insn->args;; ++args) 3246 { 3247 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */ 3248 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3249 s++; 3250 3251 switch (*args) 3252 { 3253 /* End of arguments. */ 3254 case '\0': 3255 if (*s == '\0') 3256 match = TRUE; 3257 break; 3258 3259 case '+': 3260 if (*s == '+') 3261 { 3262 ++s; 3263 continue; 3264 } 3265 if (*s == '-') 3266 continue; 3267 break; 3268 3269 /* These must match exactly. */ 3270 case '(': 3271 case ')': 3272 case ',': 3273 case ' ': 3274 if (*s++ == *args) 3275 continue; 3276 break; 3277 3278 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */ 3279 case 'b': 3280 case '^': 3281 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3282 break; 3283 num = pa_number; 3284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3286 3287 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it 3288 is there. */ 3289 case '!': 3290 /* Skip whitespace before register. */ 3291 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3292 s = s + 1; 3293 3294 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4)) 3295 { 3296 s += 4; 3297 continue; 3298 } 3299 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5)) 3300 { 3301 s += 5; 3302 continue; 3303 } 3304 break; 3305 3306 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */ 3307 case 'x': 3308 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3309 break; 3310 num = pa_number; 3311 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3312 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3313 3314 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */ 3315 case 't': 3316 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3317 break; 3318 num = pa_number; 3319 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3320 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3321 3322 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */ 3323 case 'a': 3324 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3325 break; 3326 num = pa_number; 3327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3328 opcode |= num << 16; 3329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3330 3331 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */ 3332 case 'T': 3333 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3335 break; 3336 s = expr_end; 3337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0); 3338 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 3339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0); 3340 3341 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3342 case '5': 3343 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3344 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3345 break; 3346 s = expr_end; 3347 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3348 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3350 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3352 3353 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3354 case 'V': 3355 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3356 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3357 break; 3358 s = expr_end; 3359 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3360 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3361 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3362 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3363 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3364 3365 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3366 case 'r': 3367 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3368 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3369 break; 3370 s = expr_end; 3371 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3373 3374 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3375 case 'R': 3376 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3377 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3378 break; 3379 s = expr_end; 3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3382 3383 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */ 3384 case 'U': 3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3387 break; 3388 s = expr_end; 3389 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3391 3392 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */ 3393 case 's': 3394 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3395 break; 3396 num = pa_number; 3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1); 3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14); 3399 3400 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */ 3401 case 'S': 3402 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3403 break; 3404 num = pa_number; 3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1); 3406 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num); 3407 continue; 3408 3409 /* Handle all completers. */ 3410 case 'c': 3411 switch (*++args) 3412 { 3413 3414 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */ 3415 case 'X': 3416 case 'x': 3417 { 3418 int uu = 0; 3419 int m = 0; 3420 int i = 0; 3421 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3422 { 3423 s++; 3424 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0) 3425 { 3426 uu = 1; 3427 m = 1; 3428 s++; 3429 i++; 3430 } 3431 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3432 m = 1; 3433 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0) 3434 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0)) 3435 uu = 1; 3436 else if (strict) 3437 { 3438 /* This is a match failure. */ 3439 s--; 3440 break; 3441 } 3442 else 3443 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.")); 3444 s++; 3445 i++; 3446 } 3447 if (i > 2) 3448 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.")); 3449 opcode |= m << 5; 3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13); 3451 } 3452 3453 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */ 3454 case 'M': 3455 case 'm': 3456 case 'q': 3457 case 'J': 3458 case 'e': 3459 { 3460 int a = 0; 3461 int m = 0; 3462 if (*s == ',') 3463 { 3464 s++; 3465 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0) 3466 { 3467 a = 0; 3468 m = 1; 3469 s += 2; 3470 } 3471 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0) 3472 { 3473 a = 1; 3474 m = 1; 3475 s += 2; 3476 } 3477 else if (strict) 3478 /* This is a match failure. */ 3479 s--; 3480 else 3481 { 3482 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.")); 3483 s += 2; 3484 } 3485 } 3486 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not 3487 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */ 3488 else if (*args == 'e') 3489 break; 3490 3491 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they 3492 encode the before/after field. */ 3493 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M') 3494 { 3495 opcode |= m << 5; 3496 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3497 } 3498 else if (*args == 'q') 3499 { 3500 opcode |= m << 3; 3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3502 } 3503 else if (*args == 'J') 3504 { 3505 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */ 3506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3507 } 3508 else 3509 { 3510 gas_assert (*args == 'e'); 3511 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the 3512 instruction. We will use (and remove it) 3513 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */ 3514 opcode |= a; 3515 continue; 3516 } 3517 } 3518 3519 /* Handle a stbys completer. */ 3520 case 'A': 3521 case 's': 3522 { 3523 int a = 0; 3524 int m = 0; 3525 int i = 0; 3526 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3527 { 3528 s++; 3529 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3530 m = 1; 3531 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0) 3532 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0)) 3533 a = 0; 3534 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0) 3535 a = 1; 3536 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */ 3537 else if (strict) 3538 { 3539 s--; 3540 break; 3541 } 3542 else 3543 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3544 s++; 3545 i++; 3546 } 3547 if (i > 2) 3548 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3549 opcode |= m << 5; 3550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3551 } 3552 3553 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */ 3554 case 'c': 3555 cmpltr = 0; 3556 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3557 { 3558 s += 3; 3559 cmpltr = 2; 3560 } 3561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3562 3563 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */ 3564 case 'C': 3565 cmpltr = 0; 3566 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3567 { 3568 s += 3; 3569 cmpltr = 2; 3570 } 3571 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3)) 3572 { 3573 s += 3; 3574 cmpltr = 1; 3575 } 3576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3577 3578 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */ 3579 case 'd': 3580 cmpltr = 0; 3581 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3)) 3582 { 3583 s += 3; 3584 cmpltr = 1; 3585 } 3586 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3587 3588 /* Handle load ordering completer. */ 3589 case 'o': 3590 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0) 3591 break; 3592 s += 2; 3593 continue; 3594 3595 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */ 3596 case 'g': 3597 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0) 3598 break; 3599 s += 5; 3600 continue; 3601 3602 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */ 3603 case 'p': 3604 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0) 3605 break; 3606 s += 7; 3607 continue; 3608 3609 /* Handle a branch link completer. */ 3610 case 'l': 3611 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3612 break; 3613 s += 2; 3614 continue; 3615 3616 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */ 3617 case 'P': 3618 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0) 3619 break; 3620 s += 4; 3621 continue; 3622 3623 /* Handle a local processor completer. */ 3624 case 'L': 3625 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3626 break; 3627 s += 2; 3628 continue; 3629 3630 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */ 3631 case 'w': 3632 flag = 0; 3633 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2)) 3634 { 3635 flag = 1; 3636 s += 2; 3637 } 3638 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3639 { 3640 flag = 0; 3641 s += 2; 3642 } 3643 3644 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3645 3646 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */ 3647 case 'W': 3648 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0) 3649 break; 3650 s += 2; 3651 continue; 3652 3653 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */ 3654 case 'r': 3655 flag = 0; 3656 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3657 { 3658 flag = 5; 3659 s += 2; 3660 } 3661 3662 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3663 3664 /* Handle a system control completer. */ 3665 case 'Z': 3666 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M')) 3667 { 3668 flag = 1; 3669 s += 2; 3670 } 3671 else 3672 flag = 0; 3673 3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3675 3676 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */ 3677 case 'i': 3678 flag = 0; 3679 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2)) 3680 { 3681 flag = 1; 3682 s += 2; 3683 } 3684 3685 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3686 3687 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */ 3688 case 'z': 3689 flag = 1; 3690 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2)) 3691 { 3692 flag = 0; 3693 s += 2; 3694 } 3695 3696 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3697 3698 /* Handle add completer. */ 3699 case 'a': 3700 flag = 1; 3701 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2)) 3702 { 3703 flag = 2; 3704 s += 2; 3705 } 3706 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3707 { 3708 flag = 3; 3709 s += 4; 3710 } 3711 3712 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3713 3714 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */ 3715 case 'Y': 3716 flag = 0; 3717 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) || 3718 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7)) 3719 { 3720 flag = 1; 3721 s += 7; 3722 } 3723 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3)) 3724 { 3725 flag = 0; 3726 s += 3; 3727 } 3728 else 3729 break; 3730 3731 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */ 3732 need_cond = 0; 3733 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3734 3735 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */ 3736 case 'y': 3737 flag = 0; 3738 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) || 3739 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6)) 3740 { 3741 flag = 1; 3742 s += 6; 3743 } 3744 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2)) 3745 { 3746 flag = 0; 3747 s += 2; 3748 } 3749 else 3750 break; 3751 3752 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3753 3754 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */ 3755 case 'v': 3756 flag = 0; 3757 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3758 { 3759 flag = 1; 3760 s += 4; 3761 } 3762 3763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3764 3765 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */ 3766 case 't': 3767 flag = 0; 3768 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) || 3769 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7)) 3770 { 3771 flag = 1; 3772 s += 7; 3773 } 3774 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3775 { 3776 flag = 0; 3777 s += 3; 3778 } 3779 else 3780 break; 3781 3782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3783 3784 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3785 case 'B': 3786 flag = 0; 3787 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) || 3788 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7)) 3789 { 3790 flag = 1; 3791 s += 7; 3792 } 3793 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3)) 3794 { 3795 flag = 0; 3796 s += 3; 3797 } 3798 else 3799 break; 3800 3801 /* Condition is not required with "db". */ 3802 need_cond = 0; 3803 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3804 3805 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3806 case 'b': 3807 flag = 0; 3808 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) || 3809 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6)) 3810 { 3811 flag = 1; 3812 s += 6; 3813 } 3814 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2)) 3815 { 3816 flag = 0; 3817 s += 2; 3818 } 3819 else 3820 break; 3821 3822 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3823 3824 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */ 3825 case 'T': 3826 flag = 0; 3827 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3828 { 3829 flag = 1; 3830 s += 3; 3831 } 3832 3833 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3834 3835 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */ 3836 case 'S': 3837 { 3838 int sign = 1; 3839 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0) 3840 { 3841 sign = 1; 3842 s += 2; 3843 } 3844 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0) 3845 { 3846 sign = 0; 3847 s += 2; 3848 } 3849 3850 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10); 3851 } 3852 3853 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */ 3854 case 'h': 3855 if (*s++ == ',') 3856 { 3857 int lr = 0; 3858 if (*s == 'r') 3859 lr = 2; 3860 else if (*s == 'l') 3861 lr = 0; 3862 else 3863 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3864 3865 s++; 3866 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13); 3867 } 3868 else 3869 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3870 break; 3871 3872 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */ 3873 case 'H': 3874 { 3875 int sat = 3; 3876 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0) 3877 { 3878 sat = 1; 3879 s += 3; 3880 } 3881 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0) 3882 { 3883 sat = 0; 3884 s += 3; 3885 } 3886 3887 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6); 3888 } 3889 3890 /* Handle permutation completer. */ 3891 case '*': 3892 if (*s++ == ',') 3893 { 3894 int permloc[4]; 3895 int perm = 0; 3896 int i = 0; 3897 permloc[0] = 13; 3898 permloc[1] = 10; 3899 permloc[2] = 8; 3900 permloc[3] = 6; 3901 for (; i < 4; i++) 3902 { 3903 switch (*s++) 3904 { 3905 case '0': 3906 perm = 0; 3907 break; 3908 case '1': 3909 perm = 1; 3910 break; 3911 case '2': 3912 perm = 2; 3913 break; 3914 case '3': 3915 perm = 3; 3916 break; 3917 default: 3918 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3919 } 3920 opcode |= perm << permloc[i]; 3921 } 3922 continue; 3923 } 3924 else 3925 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3926 break; 3927 3928 default: 3929 abort (); 3930 } 3931 break; 3932 3933 /* Handle all conditions. */ 3934 case '?': 3935 { 3936 args++; 3937 switch (*args) 3938 { 3939 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */ 3940 case 'f': 3941 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s); 3942 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0); 3943 3944 /* Handle an add condition. */ 3945 case 'A': 3946 case 'a': 3947 cmpltr = 0; 3948 flag = 0; 3949 if (*s == ',') 3950 { 3951 s++; 3952 3953 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 3954 if (*args == 'A') 3955 { 3956 if (*s == '*') 3957 s++; 3958 else 3959 break; 3960 } 3961 else if (*s == '*') 3962 break; 3963 3964 name = s; 3965 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 3966 s += 1; 3967 c = *s; 3968 *s = 0x00; 3969 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3970 cmpltr = 1; 3971 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3972 cmpltr = 2; 3973 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3974 cmpltr = 3; 3975 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3976 cmpltr = 4; 3977 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 3978 cmpltr = 5; 3979 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 3980 cmpltr = 6; 3981 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 3982 cmpltr = 7; 3983 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3984 { 3985 cmpltr = 0; 3986 flag = 1; 3987 } 3988 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3989 { 3990 cmpltr = 1; 3991 flag = 1; 3992 } 3993 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3994 { 3995 cmpltr = 2; 3996 flag = 1; 3997 } 3998 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3999 { 4000 cmpltr = 3; 4001 flag = 1; 4002 } 4003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 4004 { 4005 cmpltr = 4; 4006 flag = 1; 4007 } 4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 4009 { 4010 cmpltr = 5; 4011 flag = 1; 4012 } 4013 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4014 { 4015 cmpltr = 6; 4016 flag = 1; 4017 } 4018 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4019 { 4020 cmpltr = 7; 4021 flag = 1; 4022 } 4023 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4024 else if (*args == 'a' || *name) 4025 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name); 4026 *s = c; 4027 } 4028 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with 4029 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4030 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond) 4031 break; 4032 4033 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4034 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4035 4036 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */ 4037 case 'd': 4038 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4039 if (cmpltr < 0) 4040 { 4041 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4042 cmpltr = 0; 4043 } 4044 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4045 4046 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */ 4047 case 'W': 4048 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4049 if (cmpltr < 0) 4050 { 4051 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4052 cmpltr = 0; 4053 } 4054 else 4055 { 4056 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4057 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24; 4058 } 4059 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4060 4061 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch 4062 condition. */ 4063 case '@': 4064 save_s = s; 4065 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4066 if (cmpltr < 0) 4067 { 4068 s = save_s; 4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4070 if (cmpltr < 0) 4071 { 4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4073 cmpltr = 0; 4074 } 4075 else 4076 { 4077 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4078 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4079 } 4080 } 4081 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4082 4083 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */ 4084 case 'B': 4085 case 'b': 4086 cmpltr = 0; 4087 if (*s == ',') 4088 { 4089 s++; 4090 4091 if (*args == 'B') 4092 { 4093 if (*s == '*') 4094 s++; 4095 else 4096 break; 4097 } 4098 else if (*s == '*') 4099 break; 4100 4101 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0) 4102 { 4103 cmpltr = 0; 4104 s++; 4105 } 4106 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0) 4107 { 4108 cmpltr = 1; 4109 s += 2; 4110 } 4111 else 4112 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s); 4113 } 4114 else 4115 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition")); 4116 4117 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15); 4118 4119 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */ 4120 case 'S': 4121 case 's': 4122 cmpltr = 0; 4123 flag = 0; 4124 if (*s == ',') 4125 { 4126 s++; 4127 4128 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4129 if (*args == 'S') 4130 { 4131 if (*s == '*') 4132 s++; 4133 else 4134 break; 4135 } 4136 else if (*s == '*') 4137 break; 4138 4139 name = s; 4140 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4141 s += 1; 4142 c = *s; 4143 *s = 0x00; 4144 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4145 cmpltr = 1; 4146 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4147 cmpltr = 2; 4148 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4149 cmpltr = 3; 4150 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0) 4151 cmpltr = 4; 4152 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 4153 cmpltr = 5; 4154 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4155 cmpltr = 6; 4156 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4157 cmpltr = 7; 4158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4159 { 4160 cmpltr = 0; 4161 flag = 1; 4162 } 4163 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4164 { 4165 cmpltr = 1; 4166 flag = 1; 4167 } 4168 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4169 { 4170 cmpltr = 2; 4171 flag = 1; 4172 } 4173 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4174 { 4175 cmpltr = 3; 4176 flag = 1; 4177 } 4178 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 4179 { 4180 cmpltr = 4; 4181 flag = 1; 4182 } 4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0) 4184 { 4185 cmpltr = 5; 4186 flag = 1; 4187 } 4188 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4189 { 4190 cmpltr = 6; 4191 flag = 1; 4192 } 4193 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4194 { 4195 cmpltr = 7; 4196 flag = 1; 4197 } 4198 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4199 else if (*args != 'S' || *name) 4200 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"), 4201 name); 4202 *s = c; 4203 } 4204 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with 4205 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4206 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond) 4207 break; 4208 4209 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4210 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4211 4212 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */ 4213 case 't': 4214 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4215 if (cmpltr < 0) 4216 { 4217 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4218 cmpltr = 0; 4219 } 4220 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4221 4222 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4223 case 'n': 4224 save_s = s; 4225 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4226 if (cmpltr < 0) 4227 { 4228 s = save_s; 4229 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4230 if (cmpltr < 0) 4231 { 4232 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition")); 4233 cmpltr = 0; 4234 } 4235 else 4236 { 4237 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4238 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4239 } 4240 } 4241 4242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4243 4244 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4245 case 'N': 4246 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4247 if (cmpltr >= 0) 4248 { 4249 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4250 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26; 4251 } 4252 else 4253 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4254 break; 4255 4256 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4257 4258 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */ 4259 case 'Q': 4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s); 4261 if (cmpltr < 0) 4262 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4263 break; 4264 4265 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4266 4267 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */ 4268 case 'L': 4269 case 'l': 4270 cmpltr = 0; 4271 flag = 0; 4272 if (*s == ',') 4273 { 4274 s++; 4275 4276 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4277 if (*args == 'L') 4278 { 4279 if (*s == '*') 4280 s++; 4281 else 4282 break; 4283 } 4284 else if (*s == '*') 4285 break; 4286 4287 name = s; 4288 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4289 s += 1; 4290 c = *s; 4291 *s = 0x00; 4292 4293 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4294 cmpltr = 1; 4295 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4296 cmpltr = 2; 4297 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4298 cmpltr = 3; 4299 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4300 cmpltr = 7; 4301 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4302 { 4303 cmpltr = 0; 4304 flag = 1; 4305 } 4306 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4307 { 4308 cmpltr = 1; 4309 flag = 1; 4310 } 4311 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4312 { 4313 cmpltr = 2; 4314 flag = 1; 4315 } 4316 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4317 { 4318 cmpltr = 3; 4319 flag = 1; 4320 } 4321 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4322 { 4323 cmpltr = 7; 4324 flag = 1; 4325 } 4326 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4327 else if (*args != 'L' || *name) 4328 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.")); 4329 *s = c; 4330 } 4331 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4332 else if (*args == 'L') 4333 break; 4334 4335 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4336 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4337 4338 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */ 4339 case 'X': 4340 case 'x': 4341 case 'y': 4342 cmpltr = 0; 4343 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit 4344 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */ 4345 immediate_check = 1; 4346 if (*s == ',') 4347 { 4348 save_s = s++; 4349 4350 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4351 if (*args == 'X') 4352 { 4353 if (*s == '*') 4354 s++; 4355 else 4356 break; 4357 } 4358 else if (*s == '*') 4359 break; 4360 4361 name = s; 4362 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4363 s += 1; 4364 c = *s; 4365 *s = 0x00; 4366 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4367 cmpltr = 1; 4368 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4369 cmpltr = 2; 4370 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4371 cmpltr = 3; 4372 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4373 cmpltr = 4; 4374 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4375 cmpltr = 5; 4376 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4377 cmpltr = 6; 4378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4379 cmpltr = 7; 4380 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were. 4381 This includes moving s back to where it started. */ 4382 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y') 4383 { 4384 *s = c; 4385 s = save_s; 4386 continue; 4387 } 4388 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4389 else if (*args != 'X' || *name) 4390 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.")); 4391 *s = c; 4392 } 4393 4394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4395 4396 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */ 4397 case 'U': 4398 case 'u': 4399 cmpltr = 0; 4400 flag = 0; 4401 if (*s == ',') 4402 { 4403 int uxor; 4404 s++; 4405 4406 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4407 if (*args == 'U') 4408 { 4409 if (*s == '*') 4410 s++; 4411 else 4412 break; 4413 } 4414 else if (*s == '*') 4415 break; 4416 4417 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions 4418 not involving carries. */ 4419 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380; 4420 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0) 4421 { 4422 cmpltr = 2; 4423 s += 3; 4424 } 4425 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0) 4426 { 4427 cmpltr = 3; 4428 s += 3; 4429 } 4430 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0) 4431 { 4432 cmpltr = 4; 4433 s += 3; 4434 } 4435 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0) 4436 { 4437 cmpltr = 6; 4438 s += 3; 4439 } 4440 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0) 4441 { 4442 cmpltr = 7; 4443 s += 3; 4444 } 4445 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0) 4446 { 4447 cmpltr = 0; 4448 flag = 1; 4449 s += 2; 4450 } 4451 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0) 4452 { 4453 cmpltr = 2; 4454 flag = 1; 4455 s += 3; 4456 } 4457 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0) 4458 { 4459 cmpltr = 3; 4460 flag = 1; 4461 s += 3; 4462 } 4463 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0) 4464 { 4465 cmpltr = 4; 4466 flag = 1; 4467 s += 3; 4468 } 4469 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0) 4470 { 4471 cmpltr = 6; 4472 flag = 1; 4473 s += 3; 4474 } 4475 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0) 4476 { 4477 cmpltr = 7; 4478 flag = 1; 4479 s += 3; 4480 } 4481 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0) 4482 { 4483 cmpltr = 1; 4484 flag = 0; 4485 s += 3; 4486 } 4487 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0) 4488 { 4489 cmpltr = 5; 4490 flag = 0; 4491 s += 3; 4492 } 4493 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0) 4494 { 4495 cmpltr = 1; 4496 flag = 1; 4497 s += 3; 4498 } 4499 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0) 4500 { 4501 cmpltr = 5; 4502 flag = 1; 4503 s += 3; 4504 } 4505 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4506 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t')) 4507 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition.")); 4508 } 4509 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4510 else if (*args == 'U') 4511 break; 4512 4513 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4514 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4515 4516 default: 4517 abort (); 4518 } 4519 break; 4520 } 4521 4522 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */ 4523 case 'n': 4524 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4525 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1); 4526 4527 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */ 4528 case 'N': 4529 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4530 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5); 4531 4532 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */ 4533 case 'L': 4534 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0) 4535 s += 4; 4536 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0) 4537 s += 4; 4538 else 4539 break; 4540 continue; 4541 4542 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4543 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4544 case 'h': 4545 get_expression (s); 4546 s = expr_end; 4547 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4548 { 4549 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4550 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4551 num++; 4552 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4553 } 4554 else 4555 break; 4556 4557 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4558 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4559 case 'm': 4560 get_expression (s); 4561 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4562 { 4563 s = expr_end; 4564 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4565 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4566 num = (num + 1) ^ 1; 4567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4568 } 4569 else 4570 break; 4571 4572 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */ 4573 case '=': 4574 { 4575 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s); 4576 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4577 } 4578 4579 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */ 4580 case 'i': 4581 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4582 get_expression (s); 4583 s = expr_end; 4584 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4585 { 4586 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4587 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0); 4588 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11); 4589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4590 } 4591 else 4592 { 4593 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4594 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4595 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4596 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4597#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4598 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4599 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4600 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4601 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4602 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4603 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4604 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4605 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4606 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4607 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4608#endif 4609 else 4610 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4611 the_insn.format = 11; 4612 continue; 4613 } 4614 4615 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4616 case 'J': 4617 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4618 get_expression (s); 4619 s = expr_end; 4620 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4621 { 4622 int mb; 4623 4624 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information 4625 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this. 4626 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be 4627 good to rethink this. */ 4628 mb = opcode & 1; 4629 opcode -= mb; 4630 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4631 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4632 break; 4633 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4634 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4635 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4636 } 4637 break; 4638 4639 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4640 case 'K': 4641 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4642 get_expression (s); 4643 s = expr_end; 4644 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4645 { 4646 int mb; 4647 4648 mb = opcode & 1; 4649 opcode -= mb; 4650 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4651 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4652 break; 4653 if (num % 4) 4654 break; 4655 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4656 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4657 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4658 } 4659 break; 4660 4661 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4662 case '<': 4663 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4664 get_expression (s); 4665 s = expr_end; 4666 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4667 { 4668 int mb; 4669 4670 mb = opcode & 1; 4671 opcode -= mb; 4672 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4673 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4674 break; 4675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4676 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4678 } 4679 break; 4680 4681 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4682 case '>': 4683 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4684 get_expression (s); 4685 s = expr_end; 4686 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4687 { 4688 int mb; 4689 4690 mb = opcode & 1; 4691 opcode -= mb; 4692 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4693 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4694 break; 4695 if (num % 4) 4696 break; 4697 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4698 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4699 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4700 } 4701 break; 4702 4703 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */ 4704 case '#': 4705 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20) 4706 break; 4707 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4708 get_expression (s); 4709 s = expr_end; 4710 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4711 { 4712 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4713 if (num & 0x7) 4714 break; 4715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4716 if (num < 0) 4717 opcode |= 1; 4718 num &= 0x1fff; 4719 num >>= 3; 4720 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4); 4721 } 4722 else 4723 { 4724 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4725 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4726 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4727 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4728#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4729 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4730 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4731 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4732 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4733 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4734 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4735 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4736 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4737 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4738 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4739#endif 4740 else 4741 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4742 the_insn.format = 14; 4743 continue; 4744 } 4745 break; 4746 4747 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */ 4748 case 'd': 4749 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4750 get_expression (s); 4751 s = expr_end; 4752 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4753 { 4754 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4755 if (num & 0x3) 4756 break; 4757 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4758 if (num < 0) 4759 opcode |= 1; 4760 num &= 0x1fff; 4761 num >>= 2; 4762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 4763 } 4764 else 4765 { 4766 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4767 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4768 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4769 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4770#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4771 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4772 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4773 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4774 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4775 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4776 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4777 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4778 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4779 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4780 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4781#endif 4782 else 4783 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4784 the_insn.format = 14; 4785 continue; 4786 } 4787 4788 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4789 case 'j': 4790 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4791 get_expression (s); 4792 s = expr_end; 4793 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4794 { 4795 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4796 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4797 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4798 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4799 } 4800 else 4801 { 4802 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4803 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4804 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4805 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4806#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4807 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4808 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4809 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4810 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4811 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4812 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4813 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4814 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4815 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4816 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4817#endif 4818 else 4819 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4820 the_insn.format = 14; 4821 continue; 4822 } 4823 4824 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */ 4825 case 'k': 4826 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4827 get_expression (s); 4828 s = expr_end; 4829 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4830 { 4831 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4832 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0); 4833 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num); 4834 continue; 4835 } 4836 else 4837 { 4838 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4839 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4840 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4841 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4842#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4843 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4844 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4845 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4846 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4847 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4848 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4849 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4850 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4851 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4852 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4853#endif 4854 else 4855 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4856 the_insn.format = 21; 4857 continue; 4858 } 4859 4860 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */ 4861 case 'l': 4862 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4863 get_expression (s); 4864 s = expr_end; 4865 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4866 { 4867 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4868 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4869 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4870 continue; 4871 } 4872 else 4873 { 4874 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4875 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4876 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4877 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4878 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4879#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4880 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4882 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4884 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4885 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4886 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4887 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4888 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4889 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4890#endif 4891 else 4892 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4893 the_insn.format = 14; 4894 continue; 4895 } 4896 4897 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4898 case 'y': 4899 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4900 get_expression (s); 4901 s = expr_end; 4902 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4903 { 4904 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4905 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4906 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0); 4907 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4908 continue; 4909 } 4910 else 4911 { 4912 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4913 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4914 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4915 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4916 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4917#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4918 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4919 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4920 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4921 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4922 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4923 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4924 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4925 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4926 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4927 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4928#endif 4929 else 4930 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4931 the_insn.format = 14; 4932 continue; 4933 } 4934 4935 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4936 case '&': 4937 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4938 get_expression (s); 4939 s = expr_end; 4940 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4941 { 4942 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4943 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4944 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0); 4945 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4946 continue; 4947 } 4948 else 4949 { 4950 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4951 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4952 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4953 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4954 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4955#ifdef OBJ_ELF 4956 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4957 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4958 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4959 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4960 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4961 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4962 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4963 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4964 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4965 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4966#endif 4967 else 4968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4969 the_insn.format = 14; 4970 continue; 4971 } 4972 4973 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */ 4974 case 'w': 4975 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4976 get_expression (s); 4977 s = expr_end; 4978 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 4979 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 4980 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 4981 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 4982 { 4983 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4984 if (num % 4) 4985 { 4986 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 4987 break; 4988 } 4989 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 4990 num -= 8; 4991 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4992 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2); 4993 continue; 4994 } 4995 else 4996 { 4997 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4998 the_insn.format = 12; 4999 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5000 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5001 s = expr_end; 5002 continue; 5003 } 5004 5005 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */ 5006 case 'W': 5007 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5008 get_expression (s); 5009 s = expr_end; 5010 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5011 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5012 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5013 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5014 { 5015 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5016 if (num % 4) 5017 { 5018 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5019 break; 5020 } 5021 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5022 num -= 8; 5023 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5024 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5025 continue; 5026 } 5027 else 5028 { 5029 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5030 the_insn.format = 17; 5031 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5032 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5033 continue; 5034 } 5035 5036 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */ 5037 case 'X': 5038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5039 get_expression (s); 5040 s = expr_end; 5041 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5042 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5043 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5044 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5045 { 5046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5047 if (num % 4) 5048 { 5049 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5050 break; 5051 } 5052 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5053 num -= 8; 5054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0); 5055 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2); 5056 } 5057 else 5058 { 5059 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5060 the_insn.format = 22; 5061 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5062 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5063 continue; 5064 } 5065 5066 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */ 5067 case 'z': 5068 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5069 get_expression (s); 5070 s = expr_end; 5071 the_insn.pcrel = 0; 5072 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5073 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5074 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5075 { 5076 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5077 if (num % 4) 5078 { 5079 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5080 break; 5081 } 5082 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5083 num -= 8; 5084 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5085 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5086 continue; 5087 } 5088 else 5089 { 5090 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL; 5091 the_insn.format = 17; 5092 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5093 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5094 continue; 5095 } 5096 5097 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */ 5098 case 'Z': 5099 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1' 5100 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R')) 5101 { 5102 s += 4; 5103 continue; 5104 } 5105 else 5106 break; 5107 5108 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */ 5109 case 'Y': 5110 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0) 5111 break; 5112 s += 9; 5113 continue; 5114 5115 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */ 5116 case '@': 5117 if (*s != '0') 5118 break; 5119 s++; 5120 continue; 5121 5122 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */ 5123 case '.': 5124 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5125 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5126 break; 5127 s = expr_end; 5128 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict); 5129 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5130 5131 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */ 5132 case '*': 5133 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5134 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5135 break; 5136 s = expr_end; 5137 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict); 5138 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5139 5140 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */ 5141 case 'p': 5142 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5143 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5144 break; 5145 s = expr_end; 5146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5147 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5); 5149 5150 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */ 5151 case '~': 5152 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5153 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5154 break; 5155 s = expr_end; 5156 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5157 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5158 num = 63 - num; 5159 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5161 5162 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */ 5163 case '%': 5164 flag = 0; 5165 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5166 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5167 break; 5168 s = expr_end; 5169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5170 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5171 num--; 5172 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3; 5173 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5174 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5175 5176 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */ 5177 case '|': 5178 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5179 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5180 break; 5181 s = expr_end; 5182 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5183 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5184 num--; 5185 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7; 5186 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5187 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5188 5189 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */ 5190 case 'P': 5191 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5192 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5193 break; 5194 s = expr_end; 5195 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5196 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5197 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5); 5198 5199 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */ 5200 case 'q': 5201 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5202 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5203 break; 5204 s = expr_end; 5205 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5206 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5207 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5209 5210 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement 5211 of the high bit of the immediate. */ 5212 case 'B': 5213 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5214 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5215 break; 5216 s = expr_end; 5217 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5218 if (num & 0x20) 5219 ; 5220 else 5221 opcode |= (1 << 13); 5222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21); 5223 5224 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */ 5225 case 'Q': 5226 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5227 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5228 break; 5229 s = expr_end; 5230 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5231 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5232 5233 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */ 5234 case '$': 5235 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5236 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5237 break; 5238 s = expr_end; 5239 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict); 5240 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 5241 5242 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */ 5243 case 'A': 5244 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5245 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5246 break; 5247 s = expr_end; 5248 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict); 5249 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 5250 5251 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */ 5252 case 'D': 5253 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5254 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5255 break; 5256 s = expr_end; 5257 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict); 5258 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5259 5260 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */ 5261 case 'v': 5262 if (*s++ != ',') 5263 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier")); 5264 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5265 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5266 break; 5267 s = expr_end; 5268 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5269 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5270 5271 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */ 5272 case 'O': 5273 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5274 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5275 break; 5276 s = expr_end; 5277 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict); 5278 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6); 5279 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5280 5281 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */ 5282 case 'o': 5283 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5284 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5285 break; 5286 s = expr_end; 5287 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5288 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5289 5290 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */ 5291 case '0': 5292 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5293 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5294 break; 5295 s = expr_end; 5296 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 5297 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6); 5298 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5299 5300 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */ 5301 case '1': 5302 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5303 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5304 break; 5305 s = expr_end; 5306 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5307 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6); 5308 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5309 5310 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */ 5311 case 'u': 5312 if (*s++ != ',') 5313 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier")); 5314 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5315 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5316 break; 5317 s = expr_end; 5318 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5319 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5320 5321 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */ 5322 case '2': 5323 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5324 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5325 break; 5326 s = expr_end; 5327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict); 5328 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4); 5329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5330 5331 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5332 case '{': 5333 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't') 5334 { 5335 the_insn.trunc = 1; 5336 s += 2; 5337 } 5338 else 5339 the_insn.trunc = 0; 5340 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5341 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5342 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5343 flag = SGL; 5344 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5345 flag = DBL; 5346 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5347 flag = QUAD; 5348 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5349 5350 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5351 case '_': 5352 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5353 s--; 5354 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5355 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5356 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5357 flag = SGL; 5358 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5359 flag = DBL; 5360 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5361 flag = QUAD; 5362 opcode |= flag << 13; 5363 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL 5364 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL 5365 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD) 5366 { 5367 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5368 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5369 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5370 flag = 0; 5371 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W 5372 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW 5373 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW) 5374 flag = 2; 5375 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW 5376 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW 5377 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW) 5378 flag = 6; 5379 else 5380 abort (); 5381 } 5382 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W 5383 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW 5384 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW) 5385 { 5386 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5387 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5388 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5389 flag = 1; 5390 else 5391 abort (); 5392 } 5393 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW 5394 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW 5395 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW) 5396 { 5397 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5398 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5399 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5400 flag = 5; 5401 else 5402 abort (); 5403 } 5404 flag |= the_insn.trunc; 5405 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15); 5406 5407 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5408 case 'F': 5409 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5410 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5412 5413 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5414 case 'G': 5415 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5416 s--; 5417 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5418 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13); 5420 5421 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */ 5422 case 'I': 5423 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5424 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5425 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5426 5427 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26. 5428 Only allows single and double precision. */ 5429 case 'H': 5430 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5431 switch (flag) 5432 { 5433 case SGL: 5434 opcode |= 0x20; 5435 /* Fall through. */ 5436 case DBL: 5437 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5438 continue; 5439 5440 case QUAD: 5441 case ILLEGAL_FMT: 5442 default: 5443 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.")); 5444 } 5445 break; 5446 5447 /* Handle all floating point registers. */ 5448 case 'f': 5449 switch (*++args) 5450 { 5451 /* Float target register. */ 5452 case 't': 5453 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5454 break; 5455 /* RSEL should not be set. */ 5456 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) 5457 break; 5458 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE; 5459 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5460 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5461 5462 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */ 5463 case 'T': 5464 { 5465 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5466 break; 5467 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5468 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5469 opcode |= num; 5470 5471 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes 5472 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This 5473 is not necessary for loads/stores. */ 5474 if (need_pa11_opcode () 5475 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000)) 5476 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5477 5478 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0); 5479 continue; 5480 } 5481 5482 /* Float operand 1. */ 5483 case 'a': 5484 { 5485 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5486 break; 5487 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5488 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5489 opcode |= num << 21; 5490 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5491 { 5492 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5493 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5494 } 5495 continue; 5496 } 5497 5498 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */ 5499 case 'X': 5500 case 'A': 5501 { 5502 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5503 break; 5504 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5505 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5506 opcode |= num << 21; 5507 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5508 continue; 5509 } 5510 5511 /* Float operand 2. */ 5512 case 'b': 5513 { 5514 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5515 break; 5516 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5517 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5518 opcode |= num << 16; 5519 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5520 { 5521 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5522 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5523 } 5524 continue; 5525 } 5526 5527 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */ 5528 case 'B': 5529 { 5530 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5531 break; 5532 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5533 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5534 opcode |= num << 16; 5535 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5536 continue; 5537 } 5538 5539 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */ 5540 case 'C': 5541 { 5542 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5543 break; 5544 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5545 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5546 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11; 5547 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9; 5548 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0); 5549 continue; 5550 } 5551 5552 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5553 case 'i': 5554 { 5555 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5556 break; 5557 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5558 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5559 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5560 { 5561 if (num < 16) 5562 { 5563 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5564 break; 5565 } 5566 num &= 0xF; 5567 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5568 } 5569 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5570 } 5571 5572 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5573 case 'j': 5574 { 5575 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5576 break; 5577 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5578 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5579 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5580 { 5581 if (num < 16) 5582 { 5583 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5584 break; 5585 } 5586 num &= 0xF; 5587 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5588 } 5589 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5590 } 5591 5592 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5593 case 'k': 5594 { 5595 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5596 break; 5597 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5598 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5599 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5600 { 5601 if (num < 16) 5602 { 5603 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5604 break; 5605 } 5606 num &= 0xF; 5607 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5608 } 5609 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5610 } 5611 5612 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5613 case 'l': 5614 { 5615 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5616 break; 5617 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5618 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5619 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5620 { 5621 if (num < 16) 5622 { 5623 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5624 break; 5625 } 5626 num &= 0xF; 5627 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5628 } 5629 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5630 } 5631 5632 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5633 case 'm': 5634 { 5635 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5636 break; 5637 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5638 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5639 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5640 { 5641 if (num < 16) 5642 { 5643 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5644 break; 5645 } 5646 num &= 0xF; 5647 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5648 } 5649 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5650 } 5651 5652 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */ 5653 case 'E': 5654 case 'e': 5655 { 5656 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5657 break; 5658 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5659 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5660 opcode |= num << 16; 5661 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5662 { 5663 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0); 5664 } 5665 continue; 5666 } 5667 5668 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */ 5669 case 'x': 5670 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5671 break; 5672 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5673 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5675 5676 default: 5677 abort (); 5678 } 5679 break; 5680 5681 default: 5682 abort (); 5683 } 5684 break; 5685 } 5686 5687 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 5688 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is 5689 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */ 5690 if (match == TRUE 5691 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch 5692 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch)) 5693 { 5694 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 5695 match = FALSE; 5696 } 5697 5698 failed: 5699 /* Check if the args matched. */ 5700 if (!match) 5701 { 5702 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES 5703 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)) 5704 { 5705 ++insn; 5706 s = argstart; 5707 continue; 5708 } 5709 else 5710 { 5711 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message); 5712 return; 5713 } 5714 } 5715 break; 5716 } 5717 5718 if (immediate_check) 5719 { 5720 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1) 5721 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."), 5722 pos, len); 5723 } 5724 5725 the_insn.opcode = opcode; 5726} 5727 5728/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */ 5729 5730void 5731md_assemble (char *str) 5732{ 5733 char *to; 5734 5735 /* The had better be something to assemble. */ 5736 gas_assert (str); 5737 5738 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 5739 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 5740 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 5741 5742 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 5743 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 5744 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 5745 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5746 { 5747 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 5748 5749 if (label_symbol) 5750 { 5751 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 5752 { 5753 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 5754 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 5755 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 5756#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5757 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 5758 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 5759 if (within_entry_exit) 5760 { 5761 char *where; 5762 unsigned int u; 5763 5764 where = frag_more (0); 5765 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 5766 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5767 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5768 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 5769 } 5770#endif 5771 } 5772 else 5773 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 5774 } 5775 else 5776 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 5777 } 5778 5779 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */ 5780 pa_ip (str); 5781 5782 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */ 5783 to = frag_more (4); 5784 5785 /* Output the opcode. */ 5786 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4); 5787 5788 /* If necessary output more stuff. */ 5789 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE) 5790 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL, 5791 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel, 5792 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector, 5793 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0); 5794 5795#ifdef OBJ_ELF 5796 dwarf2_emit_insn (4); 5797#endif 5798} 5799 5800#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5801/* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the 5802 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */ 5803static void 5804pa_align (int bytes) 5805{ 5806 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5807 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5808 5809 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */ 5810 s_align_bytes (bytes); 5811 5812 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's 5813 alignment if necessary. */ 5814 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1) 5815 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes)); 5816} 5817#endif 5818 5819/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */ 5820 5821static void 5822pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5823{ 5824 unsigned int temp_size; 5825 5826#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5827 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5828 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5829#endif 5830 5831 temp_size = get_absolute_expression (); 5832 5833 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF) 5834 { 5835 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff")); 5836 temp_size = 0; 5837 } 5838 else 5839 { 5840 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */ 5841 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL); 5842 *p = 0; 5843 } 5844 5845 pa_undefine_label (); 5846 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5847} 5848 5849/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */ 5850 5851static void 5852pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5853{ 5854 5855#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5856 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5857 the beginning and end of branch tables). */ 5858 char *where = frag_more (0); 5859 5860 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5861 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5862 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB, 5863 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5864#endif 5865 5866 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5867} 5868 5869/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */ 5870 5871static void 5872pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5873{ 5874#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5875 expressionS exp; 5876 char *where = frag_more (0); 5877 5878 if (! begin) 5879 expression (&exp); 5880 5881 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5882 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */ 5883 5884 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5885 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp, 5886 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY, 5887 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5888#endif 5889 5890 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5891} 5892 5893/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes 5894 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */ 5895 5896static void 5897pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc) 5898{ 5899 char *name, c; 5900 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 5901 5902 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5903 { 5904 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5905 /* Process a source argument. */ 5906 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 5907 { 5908 temp = atoi (name + 4); 5909 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5910 input_line_pointer++; 5911 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5912 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5913 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc); 5914 } 5915 /* Process a return value. */ 5916 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0)) 5917 { 5918 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5919 input_line_pointer++; 5920 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 5921 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5922 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3); 5923 } 5924 else 5925 { 5926 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name); 5927 } 5928 5929 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 5930 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5931 input_line_pointer++; 5932 } 5933} 5934 5935/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information 5936 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect 5937 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */ 5938 5939static void 5940pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5941{ 5942#ifdef OBJ_SOM 5943 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5944 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5945#endif 5946 5947 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc); 5948 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5949} 5950 5951#ifdef OBJ_ELF 5952/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function 5953 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using 5954 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building 5955 of the unwind spaces. */ 5956 5957static void 5958pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info) 5959{ 5960 asection *seg, *save_seg; 5961 subsegT save_subseg; 5962 unsigned int unwind; 5963 int reloc; 5964 char *name, *p; 5965 symbolS *symbolP; 5966 5967 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg) 5968 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5969 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5970 return; 5971 5972 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5973 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */ 5974 return; 5975 5976 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced 5977 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with 5978 multiple definitions, etc. */ 5979 name = concat ("L$\001start_", S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol), 5980 (char *) NULL); 5981 5982 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have 5983 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind 5984 entry. */ 5985 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 5986 if (symbolP) 5987 { 5988 xfree (name); 5989 return; 5990 } 5991 else 5992 { 5993 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, 5994 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now); 5995 gas_assert (symbolP); 5996 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 5997 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 5998 } 5999 6000 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 6001 save_seg = now_seg; 6002 save_subseg = now_subseg; 6003 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating 6004 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the 6005 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */ 6006 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME); 6007 if (seg == ASEC_NULL) 6008 { 6009 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0); 6010 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg, 6011 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 6012 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA); 6013 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2); 6014 } 6015 6016 subseg_set (seg, 0); 6017 6018 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind 6019 descriptor. */ 6020 p = frag_more (16); 6021 6022 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */ 6023 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4); 6024 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6025 symbolP, (offsetT) 0, 6026 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6027 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6028 6029 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. 6030 6031 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be 6032 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary 6033 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same 6034 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is 6035 finished with its work. */ 6036 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4); 6037 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6038 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0, 6039 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6040 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6041 6042 /* Dump the descriptor. */ 6043 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6044 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4); 6045 6046 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6047 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4); 6048 6049 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */ 6050 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg); 6051} 6052#endif 6053 6054/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later 6055 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support 6056 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */ 6057 6058static void 6059pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6060{ 6061 char *name, c; 6062 int temp; 6063 6064#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6065 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6066 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6067#endif 6068 6069 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */ 6070 if (!within_procedure) 6071 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition")); 6072 6073 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the 6074 current procedure. */ 6075 callinfo_found = TRUE; 6076 6077 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */ 6078 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6079 { 6080 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6081 /* Frame size specification. */ 6082 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0)) 6083 { 6084 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6085 input_line_pointer++; 6086 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6087 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0) 6088 { 6089 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp); 6090 temp = 0; 6091 } 6092 6093 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */ 6094 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8; 6095 } 6096 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */ 6097 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0)) 6098 { 6099 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6100 input_line_pointer++; 6101 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6102 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR 6103 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in 6104 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */ 6105 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18) 6106 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n")); 6107 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2; 6108 } 6109 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0)) 6110 { 6111 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6112 input_line_pointer++; 6113 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6114 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even 6115 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */ 6116 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21) 6117 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n")); 6118 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11; 6119 } 6120 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0)) 6121 { 6122 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6123 input_line_pointer++; 6124 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6125 if (temp != 3) 6126 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n")); 6127 } 6128 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */ 6129 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) 6130 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0)) 6131 { 6132 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6133 } 6134 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0)) 6135 { 6136 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6137 } 6138 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */ 6139 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0)) 6140 { 6141 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6142 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1; 6143 } 6144 /* Likewise for SP. */ 6145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0)) 6146 { 6147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6148 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1; 6149 } 6150 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so 6151 in the unwind descriptor. */ 6152 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0)) 6153 { 6154 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6155 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1; 6156 } 6157 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the 6158 unwind descriptor. */ 6159 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0)) 6160 { 6161 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6162 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1; 6163 } 6164 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my 6165 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler 6166 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor 6167 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */ 6168 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0)) 6169 { 6170 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6171 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1; 6172 } 6173 else 6174 { 6175 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name); 6176 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6177 } 6178 6179 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6180 input_line_pointer++; 6181 } 6182 6183 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6184} 6185 6186#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 6187/* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our 6188 label when finished. */ 6189 6190static void 6191pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6192{ 6193#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6194 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 6195 current_subspace 6196 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6197#endif 6198 6199 s_text (0); 6200 pa_undefine_label (); 6201} 6202 6203/* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */ 6204 6205static void 6206pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6207{ 6208#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6209 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 6210 current_subspace 6211 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6212#endif 6213 s_data (0); 6214 pa_undefine_label (); 6215} 6216 6217/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines, 6218 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax: 6219 6220 <label> .comm <length> 6221 6222 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of 6223 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute 6224 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space 6225 and subspace. 6226 6227 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm. 6228 6229 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called 6230 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number 6231 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular 6232 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What 6233 a pain. 6234 6235 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */ 6236 6237static void 6238pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6239{ 6240 unsigned int size; 6241 symbolS *symbol; 6242 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6243 6244 if (label_symbol) 6245 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6246 else 6247 symbol = NULL; 6248 6249 SKIP_WHITESPACE (); 6250 size = get_absolute_expression (); 6251 6252 if (symbol) 6253 { 6254 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6255 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size); 6256 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr); 6257 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6258 6259 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the 6260 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address 6261 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */ 6262 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag); 6263 } 6264 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6265} 6266#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */ 6267 6268/* Process a .END pseudo-op. */ 6269 6270static void 6271pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6272{ 6273 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6274} 6275 6276/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */ 6277 6278static void 6279pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6280{ 6281#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6282 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6283 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6284#endif 6285 6286 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported")); 6287 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6288} 6289 6290/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the 6291 procedure. */ 6292 6293static void 6294pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6295{ 6296#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6297 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6298 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6299#endif 6300 6301 if (!within_procedure) 6302 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.")); 6303 else 6304 { 6305 if (!callinfo_found) 6306 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo.")); 6307 } 6308 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6309 within_entry_exit = TRUE; 6310 6311#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6312 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6313 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6314 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6315 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6316 6317 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6318 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6319 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6320 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6321 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL) 6322 { 6323 char *where; 6324 unsigned int u; 6325 6326 where = frag_more (0); 6327 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6328 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6329 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 6330 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 6331 } 6332#endif 6333} 6334 6335/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is 6336 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of 6337 registers, to get the size of the range. */ 6338static int fudge_reg_expressions; 6339 6340int 6341hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP, 6342 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6343 expressionS *rightP) 6344{ 6345 if (fudge_reg_expressions 6346 && rightP->X_op == O_register 6347 && resultP->X_op == O_register) 6348 { 6349 rightP->X_op = O_constant; 6350 resultP->X_op = O_constant; 6351 } 6352 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */ 6353} 6354 6355/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */ 6356 6357static void 6358pa_equ (int reg) 6359{ 6360 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6361 symbolS *symbol; 6362 6363 if (label_symbol) 6364 { 6365 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6366 if (reg) 6367 { 6368 strict = 1; 6369 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) 6370 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register")); 6371 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number); 6372 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section); 6373 } 6374 else 6375 { 6376 expressionS exp; 6377 segT seg; 6378 6379 fudge_reg_expressions = 1; 6380 seg = expression (&exp); 6381 fudge_reg_expressions = 0; 6382 if (exp.X_op != O_constant 6383 && exp.X_op != O_register) 6384 { 6385 if (exp.X_op != O_absent) 6386 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed")); 6387 exp.X_add_number = 0; 6388 seg = absolute_section; 6389 } 6390 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number); 6391 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg); 6392 } 6393 } 6394 else 6395 { 6396 if (reg) 6397 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label")); 6398 else 6399 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label")); 6400 } 6401 6402 pa_undefine_label (); 6403 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6404} 6405 6406#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6407/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute 6408 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */ 6409 6410static void 6411hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void) 6412{ 6413 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a 6414 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */ 6415 char *name; 6416 symbolS *symbolP; 6417 6418 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6419 { 6420 /* We have already warned about a missing label, 6421 or other problems. */ 6422 return; 6423 } 6424 6425 name = concat ("L$\001end_", S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol), 6426 (char *) NULL); 6427 6428 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the 6429 symbol will have already been defined. */ 6430 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6431 if (symbolP) 6432 { 6433 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can 6434 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend. 6435 6436 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free 6437 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */ 6438 xfree (name); 6439 } 6440 else 6441 { 6442 /* symbol value should be the offset of the 6443 last instruction of the function */ 6444 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4), 6445 frag_now); 6446 6447 gas_assert (symbolP); 6448 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6449 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6450 } 6451 6452 if (symbolP) 6453 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP; 6454 else 6455 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name); 6456} 6457#endif 6458 6459/* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This 6460 usually involves creating some relocations or building special 6461 symbols to mark the end of the function. */ 6462 6463static void 6464process_exit (void) 6465{ 6466 char *where; 6467 6468 where = frag_more (0); 6469 6470#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6471 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag 6472 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace 6473 to add an entry in the unwind table. */ 6474 (void) where; 6475 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 6476 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info); 6477#else 6478 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6479 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6480 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6481 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6482 6483 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6484 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6485 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6486 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6487 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6488 NULL, (offsetT) 0, 6489 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, 6490 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor)); 6491#endif 6492} 6493 6494/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */ 6495 6496static void 6497pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6498{ 6499#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6500 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6501 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6502#endif 6503 6504 if (!within_procedure) 6505 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure")); 6506 else 6507 { 6508 if (!callinfo_found) 6509 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo")); 6510 else 6511 { 6512 if (!within_entry_exit) 6513 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT")); 6514 else 6515 { 6516 within_entry_exit = FALSE; 6517 process_exit (); 6518 } 6519 } 6520 } 6521 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6522} 6523 6524/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */ 6525 6526static void 6527pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export) 6528{ 6529 char *name, c; 6530 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 6531 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN; 6532 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP); 6533 6534 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0) 6535 { 6536 input_line_pointer += 8; 6537 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6538 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr); 6539 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE; 6540 } 6541 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0) 6542 { 6543 input_line_pointer += 4; 6544 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM, 6545 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types. 6546 6547 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never 6548 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so 6549 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */ 6550 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP)) 6551 { 6552 if (is_export) 6553 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"), 6554 S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); 6555 6556 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6557 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6558 } 6559 else 6560 { 6561 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6562 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE; 6563 } 6564 } 6565 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0) 6566 { 6567 input_line_pointer += 4; 6568 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6569 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6570 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA; 6571 } 6572 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0)) 6573 { 6574 input_line_pointer += 5; 6575 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6576 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6577 } 6578 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0) 6579 { 6580 input_line_pointer += 9; 6581 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6582#ifdef OBJ_ELF 6583 { 6584 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym; 6585 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info = 6586 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info), 6587 STT_PARISC_MILLI); 6588 } 6589#endif 6590 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE; 6591 } 6592 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0) 6593 { 6594 input_line_pointer += 6; 6595 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6596 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL; 6597 } 6598 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0) 6599 { 6600 input_line_pointer += 8; 6601 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6602 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG; 6603 } 6604 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0) 6605 { 6606 input_line_pointer += 8; 6607 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6608 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG; 6609 } 6610 6611 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types 6612 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information 6613 to the SOM BFD backend. */ 6614#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type 6615 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type); 6616#else 6617 (void) type; 6618#endif 6619 6620 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled, 6621 handle any argument relocation information. */ 6622 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6623 { 6624 if (*input_line_pointer == ',') 6625 input_line_pointer++; 6626 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6627 /* Argument sources. */ 6628 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 6629 { 6630 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6631 input_line_pointer++; 6632 temp = atoi (name + 4); 6633 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6634 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name)); 6635#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6636 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6637#else 6638 (void) arg_reloc; 6639#endif 6640 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6641 } 6642 /* The return value. */ 6643 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0) 6644 { 6645 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6646 input_line_pointer++; 6647 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6648 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 6649#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6650 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6651#else 6652 (void) arg_reloc; 6653#endif 6654 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6655 } 6656 /* Privilege level. */ 6657 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0) 6658 { 6659 char *priv; 6660 6661 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6662 input_line_pointer++; 6663 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer); 6664#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6665 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp; 6666#endif 6667 c = get_symbol_name (&priv); 6668 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6669 } 6670 else 6671 { 6672 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name); 6673 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6674 } 6675 6676 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6677 input_line_pointer++; 6678 } 6679} 6680 6681/* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external 6682 and provides information such as argument relocation entries 6683 to callers. */ 6684 6685static void 6686pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6687{ 6688 char *name, c; 6689 symbolS *symbol; 6690 6691 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6692 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */ 6693 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6694 { 6695 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name); 6696 restore_line_pointer (c); 6697 input_line_pointer++; 6698 } 6699 else 6700 { 6701 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. 6702 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive. 6703 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set. 6704 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually 6705 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */ 6706 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6707 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 6708 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6709 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6710 { 6711 input_line_pointer++; 6712 pa_type_args (symbol, 1); 6713 } 6714 } 6715 6716 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6717} 6718 6719/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given 6720 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or 6721 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */ 6722 6723static void 6724pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6725{ 6726 char *name, c; 6727 symbolS *symbol; 6728 6729 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6730 6731 symbol = symbol_find (name); 6732 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file, 6733 in which case all the code below will really screw things up 6734 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */ 6735 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol)) 6736 { 6737 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); 6738 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6739 6740 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6741 { 6742 input_line_pointer++; 6743 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6744 } 6745 else 6746 { 6747 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help 6748 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on 6749 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really 6750 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */ 6751 if (now_seg == text_section) 6752 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6753 6754 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined 6755 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */ 6756 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr); 6757 } 6758 } 6759 else 6760 { 6761 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to 6762 the end of the current statement. */ 6763 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6764 input_line_pointer++; 6765 } 6766 6767 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6768} 6769 6770/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */ 6771 6772static void 6773pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6774{ 6775 char *name, c; 6776 6777 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6778 6779 if (strlen (name) > 0) 6780 { 6781 colon (name); 6782 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6783 } 6784 else 6785 { 6786 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL")); 6787 } 6788 6789 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6790 { 6791 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.")); 6792 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6793 } 6794 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6795} 6796 6797/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */ 6798 6799static void 6800pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6801{ 6802#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6803 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6804 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6805#endif 6806 6807 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported")); 6808 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6809} 6810 6811/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */ 6812 6813static void 6814pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6815{ 6816 char *level; 6817 6818 level = input_line_pointer; 6819 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0) 6820 { 6821 input_line_pointer += 3; 6822 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10)) 6823 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6824 } 6825 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0) 6826 { 6827 input_line_pointer += 3; 6828 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11)) 6829 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6830 } 6831 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0) 6832 { 6833 input_line_pointer += 4; 6834 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25)) 6835 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6836 } 6837 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0) 6838 { 6839 input_line_pointer += 3; 6840 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20)) 6841 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6842 } 6843 else 6844 { 6845 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n")); 6846 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6847 } 6848 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6849} 6850 6851/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */ 6852 6853static void 6854pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6855{ 6856#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6857 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6858 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6859#endif 6860 6861 s_org (0); 6862 pa_undefine_label (); 6863} 6864 6865/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it 6866 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */ 6867 6868static void 6869pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6870{ 6871 char *name, c; 6872 symbolS *symbol; 6873 6874 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 6875 6876 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6877 { 6878 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name); 6879 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6880 input_line_pointer++; 6881 } 6882 else 6883 { 6884 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6885 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 6886 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6887 { 6888 input_line_pointer++; 6889 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6890 } 6891 } 6892 6893 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6894} 6895 6896/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning 6897 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */ 6898 6899static void 6900pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6901{ 6902 struct call_info *call_info; 6903 6904#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6905 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6906 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6907#endif 6908 6909 if (within_procedure) 6910 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures")); 6911 6912 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */ 6913 callinfo_found = FALSE; 6914 within_procedure = TRUE; 6915 6916 /* Create another call_info structure. */ 6917 call_info = XNEW (struct call_info); 6918 6919 if (!call_info) 6920 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n")); 6921 6922 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info)); 6923 6924 call_info->ci_next = NULL; 6925 6926 if (call_info_root == NULL) 6927 { 6928 call_info_root = call_info; 6929 last_call_info = call_info; 6930 } 6931 else 6932 { 6933 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info; 6934 last_call_info = call_info; 6935 } 6936 6937 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */ 6938 6939 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0; 6940 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1; 6941 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0; 6942 6943 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined 6944 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */ 6945 { 6946 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6947 6948 if (label_symbol) 6949 { 6950 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6951 { 6952 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6953 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6954 } 6955 else 6956 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 6957 } 6958 else 6959 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL; 6960 } 6961 6962 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6963} 6964 6965/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the 6966 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */ 6967 6968static void 6969pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6970{ 6971#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6972 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6973 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6974#endif 6975 6976 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 6977 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 6978 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 6979 6980 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 6981 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 6982 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 6983 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6984 { 6985 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6986 6987 if (label_symbol) 6988 { 6989 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 6990 { 6991 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6992 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 6993 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6994#ifdef OBJ_SOM 6995 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 6996 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 6997 if (within_entry_exit) 6998 { 6999 char *where; 7000 unsigned int u; 7001 7002 where = frag_more (0); 7003 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 7004 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 7005 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 7006 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 7007 } 7008#endif 7009 } 7010 else 7011 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7012 } 7013 else 7014 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 7015 } 7016 7017 if (!within_procedure) 7018 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend")); 7019 7020 if (!callinfo_found) 7021 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure")); 7022 7023 if (within_entry_exit) 7024 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY")); 7025 7026#ifdef OBJ_ELF 7027 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute 7028 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */ 7029 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 7030#endif 7031 7032 within_procedure = FALSE; 7033 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7034 pa_undefine_label (); 7035} 7036 7037#ifdef OBJ_SOM 7038/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then 7039 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */ 7040 7041static int 7042exact_log2 (int value) 7043{ 7044 int shift = 0; 7045 7046 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32) 7047 shift++; 7048 7049 if (shift >= 32) 7050 return -1; 7051 else 7052 return shift; 7053} 7054 7055/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */ 7056 7057static void 7058pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void) 7059{ 7060 if (current_space == NULL) 7061 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n")); 7062 7063 if (current_subspace == NULL) 7064 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n")); 7065} 7066 7067/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero, 7068 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified 7069 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */ 7070 7071static sd_chain_struct * 7072pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag) 7073{ 7074 char *name, *ptemp, c; 7075 char loadable, defined, private, sort; 7076 int spnum; 7077 asection *seg = NULL; 7078 sd_chain_struct *space; 7079 7080 /* Load default values. */ 7081 spnum = 0; 7082 sort = 0; 7083 loadable = TRUE; 7084 defined = TRUE; 7085 private = FALSE; 7086 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0) 7087 { 7088 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment; 7089 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined; 7090 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private; 7091 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort; 7092 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum; 7093 } 7094 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0) 7095 { 7096 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment; 7097 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined; 7098 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private; 7099 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort; 7100 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum; 7101 } 7102 7103 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7104 { 7105 print_errors = FALSE; 7106 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1; 7107 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than 7108 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of 7109 the line should be ignored. */ 7110 strict = 0; 7111 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0); 7112 if (pa_number >= 0) 7113 { 7114 spnum = pa_number; 7115 input_line_pointer = ptemp; 7116 } 7117 else 7118 { 7119 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7120 { 7121 input_line_pointer++; 7122 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7123 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0)) 7124 { 7125 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7126 input_line_pointer++; 7127 spnum = get_absolute_expression (); 7128 } 7129 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7130 { 7131 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7132 input_line_pointer++; 7133 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7134 } 7135 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7136 { 7137 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7138 loadable = FALSE; 7139 } 7140 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0)) 7141 { 7142 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7143 defined = FALSE; 7144 } 7145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0)) 7146 { 7147 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7148 private = TRUE; 7149 } 7150 else 7151 { 7152 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument")); 7153 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7154 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7155 input_line_pointer++; 7156 } 7157 } 7158 } 7159 print_errors = TRUE; 7160 } 7161 7162 if (create_flag && seg == NULL) 7163 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0); 7164 7165 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with 7166 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in 7167 an already existing space -- this can only happen for 7168 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */ 7169 if (create_flag) 7170 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined, 7171 private, sort, seg, 1); 7172 else 7173 { 7174 space = is_defined_space (space_name); 7175 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum; 7176 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1; 7177 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1; 7178 } 7179 7180#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7181 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7182#endif 7183 7184 return space; 7185} 7186 7187/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the 7188 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */ 7189 7190static void 7191pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7192{ 7193 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s; 7194 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain; 7195 7196 if (within_procedure) 7197 { 7198 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7199 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7200 } 7201 else 7202 { 7203 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code 7204 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts 7205 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */ 7206 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right? 7207 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */ 7208 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0) 7209 { 7210 input_line_pointer += 6; 7211 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 7212 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7213 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1); 7214 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7215 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0); 7216 7217 current_space = sd_chain; 7218 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7219 current_subspace 7220 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section, 7221 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7222 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7223 return; 7224 } 7225 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0) 7226 { 7227 input_line_pointer += 9; 7228 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 7229 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7230 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1); 7231 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7232 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0); 7233 7234 current_space = sd_chain; 7235 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7236 current_subspace 7237 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section, 7238 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7239 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7240 return; 7241 } 7242 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, 7243 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 7244 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME))) 7245 { 7246 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7247 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7248 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7249 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1); 7250 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7251 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0); 7252 7253 current_space = sd_chain; 7254 7255 { 7256 asection *gdb_section 7257 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7258 7259 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7260 current_subspace 7261 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section, 7262 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7263 } 7264 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7265 return; 7266 } 7267 7268 /* It could be a space specified by number. */ 7269 print_errors = 0; 7270 save_s = input_line_pointer; 7271 strict = 0; 7272 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0); 7273 if (pa_number >= 0) 7274 { 7275 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number))) 7276 { 7277 current_space = sd_chain; 7278 7279 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7280 current_subspace 7281 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7282 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7283 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7284 return; 7285 } 7286 } 7287 7288 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */ 7289 print_errors = 1; 7290 input_line_pointer = save_s; 7291 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7292 space_name = xstrdup (name); 7293 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7294 7295 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1); 7296 current_space = sd_chain; 7297 7298 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7299 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7300 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7301 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7302 } 7303} 7304 7305/* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */ 7306 7307static void 7308pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7309{ 7310 char *name; 7311 char c; 7312 char *p; 7313 sd_chain_struct *space; 7314 7315 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7316 space = is_defined_space (name); 7317 if (space) 7318 { 7319 p = frag_more (4); 7320 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4); 7321 } 7322 else 7323 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name); 7324 7325 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7326 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7327} 7328 7329/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the 7330 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary. 7331 7332 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how 7333 they're broken up into subroutines. */ 7334 7335static void 7336pa_subspace (int create_new) 7337{ 7338 char *name, *ss_name, c; 7339 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort; 7340 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags; 7341 sd_chain_struct *space; 7342 ssd_chain_struct *ssd; 7343 asection *section; 7344 7345 if (current_space == NULL) 7346 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n")); 7347 7348 if (within_procedure) 7349 { 7350 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7351 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7352 } 7353 else 7354 { 7355 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7356 ss_name = xstrdup (name); 7357 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7358 7359 /* Load default values. */ 7360 sort = 0; 7361 access_ctr = 0x7f; 7362 loadable = 1; 7363 comdat = 0; 7364 common = 0; 7365 dup_common = 0; 7366 code_only = 0; 7367 zero = 0; 7368 space_index = ~0; 7369 alignment = 1; 7370 quadrant = 0; 7371 7372 space = current_space; 7373 if (create_new) 7374 ssd = NULL; 7375 else 7376 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name); 7377 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But 7378 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */ 7379 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd)) 7380 { 7381 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg); 7382 current_subspace = ssd; 7383 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7384 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified")); 7385 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7386 return; 7387 } 7388 else 7389 { 7390 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of 7391 the builtin subspaces. */ 7392 i = 0; 7393 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7394 { 7395 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0) 7396 { 7397 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable; 7398 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat; 7399 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common; 7400 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common; 7401 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only; 7402 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero; 7403 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index; 7404 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment; 7405 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant; 7406 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access; 7407 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort; 7408 break; 7409 } 7410 i++; 7411 } 7412 } 7413 7414 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in 7415 any information as specified by the user. */ 7416 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7417 { 7418 input_line_pointer++; 7419 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7420 { 7421 c = get_symbol_name (&name); 7422 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0)) 7423 { 7424 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7425 input_line_pointer++; 7426 quadrant = get_absolute_expression (); 7427 } 7428 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0)) 7429 { 7430 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7431 input_line_pointer++; 7432 alignment = get_absolute_expression (); 7433 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1) 7434 { 7435 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2")); 7436 alignment = 1; 7437 } 7438 } 7439 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0)) 7440 { 7441 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7442 input_line_pointer++; 7443 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression (); 7444 } 7445 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7446 { 7447 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7448 input_line_pointer++; 7449 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7450 } 7451 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0)) 7452 { 7453 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7454 code_only = 1; 7455 } 7456 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7457 { 7458 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7459 loadable = 0; 7460 } 7461 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0)) 7462 { 7463 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7464 comdat = 1; 7465 } 7466 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0)) 7467 { 7468 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7469 common = 1; 7470 } 7471 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0)) 7472 { 7473 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7474 dup_common = 1; 7475 } 7476 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0)) 7477 { 7478 (void) restore_line_pointer (c); 7479 zero = 1; 7480 } 7481 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0)) 7482 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument")); 7483 else 7484 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument")); 7485 7486 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7487 input_line_pointer++; 7488 } 7489 } 7490 7491 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information 7492 in the .subspace directive. */ 7493 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7494 flags = 0; 7495 if (loadable) 7496 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD); 7497 if (code_only) 7498 flags |= SEC_CODE; 7499 7500 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized 7501 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they 7502 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like 7503 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations 7504 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common 7505 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in 7506 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported 7507 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */ 7508 if (comdat || common || dup_common) 7509 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE; 7510 7511 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 7512 7513 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */ 7514 if (zero) 7515 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7516 7517 applicable &= flags; 7518 7519 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the 7520 segment already associated with the subspace. 7521 7522 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with 7523 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF 7524 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything 7525 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */ 7526 if (create_new) 7527 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0); 7528 else if (ssd) 7529 section = ssd->ssd_seg; 7530 else 7531 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0); 7532 7533 if (zero) 7534 seg_info (section)->bss = 1; 7535 7536 /* Now set the flags. */ 7537 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable); 7538 7539 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */ 7540 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment)); 7541 7542 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */ 7543 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section, 7544 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)); 7545 7546 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace, 7547 or create a new one. */ 7548 if (ssd) 7549 7550 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7551 code_only, comdat, common, 7552 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr, 7553 space_index, alignment, quadrant, 7554 section); 7555 else 7556 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7557 code_only, comdat, common, 7558 dup_common, zero, sort, 7559 access_ctr, space_index, 7560 alignment, quadrant, section); 7561 7562 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7563 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section; 7564 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg); 7565 } 7566 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1; 7567} 7568 7569/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */ 7570 7571static void 7572pa_spaces_begin (void) 7573{ 7574 int i; 7575 7576 space_dict_root = NULL; 7577 space_dict_last = NULL; 7578 7579 i = 0; 7580 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name) 7581 { 7582 const char *name; 7583 7584 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */ 7585 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name; 7586 7587 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0); 7588 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum, 7589 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined, 7590 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort, 7591 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0); 7592 i++; 7593 } 7594 7595 i = 0; 7596 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7597 { 7598 const char *name; 7599 int applicable, subsegment; 7600 asection *segment = NULL; 7601 sd_chain_struct *space; 7602 7603 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right 7604 subsegment number. */ 7605 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name; 7606 subsegment = 0; 7607 7608 /* Create the new section. */ 7609 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment); 7610 7611 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss 7612 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for 7613 all the built-in subspaces. */ 7614 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$")) 7615 { 7616 text_section = segment; 7617 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7618 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7619 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7620 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE 7621 | SEC_READONLY 7622 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7623 } 7624 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$")) 7625 { 7626 data_section = segment; 7627 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7628 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7629 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7630 | SEC_RELOC 7631 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7632 7633 } 7634 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$")) 7635 { 7636 bss_section = segment; 7637 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7638 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7639 applicable & SEC_ALLOC); 7640 } 7641 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$")) 7642 { 7643 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7644 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7645 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7646 | SEC_RELOC 7647 | SEC_READONLY 7648 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7649 } 7650 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$")) 7651 { 7652 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7653 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7654 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7655 | SEC_RELOC 7656 | SEC_READONLY 7657 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7658 } 7659 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$")) 7660 { 7661 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7662 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7663 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7664 | SEC_RELOC 7665 | SEC_READONLY 7666 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7667 } 7668 7669 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */ 7670 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i]. 7671 def_space_index].segment); 7672 if (space == NULL) 7673 { 7674 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."), 7675 pa_def_subspaces[i].name); 7676 } 7677 7678 create_new_subspace (space, name, 7679 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable, 7680 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only, 7681 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat, 7682 pa_def_subspaces[i].common, 7683 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common, 7684 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero, 7685 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort, 7686 pa_def_subspaces[i].access, 7687 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index, 7688 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment, 7689 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant, 7690 segment); 7691 i++; 7692 } 7693} 7694 7695/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7696 by the given parameters. */ 7697 7698static sd_chain_struct * 7699create_new_space (const char *name, 7700 int spnum, 7701 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7702 int defined, 7703 int private, 7704 int sort, 7705 asection *seg, 7706 int user_defined) 7707{ 7708 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7709 7710 chain_entry = XNEW (sd_chain_struct); 7711 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7712 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined; 7713 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined; 7714 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum; 7715 7716 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg; 7717 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1; 7718 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL; 7719 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL; 7720 7721 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */ 7722 if (!space_dict_last) 7723 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7724 7725 if (space_dict_root == NULL) 7726 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7727 else 7728 { 7729 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7730 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7731 7732 chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7733 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7734 7735 while (chain_pointer) 7736 { 7737 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7738 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next; 7739 } 7740 7741 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new 7742 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */ 7743 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7744 { 7745 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7746 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry; 7747 } 7748 else 7749 { 7750 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7751 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7752 } 7753 7754 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL) 7755 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7756 } 7757 7758 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get 7759 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at 7760 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where 7761 the user modifies a predefined space. */ 7762#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7763 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7764#endif 7765 7766 return chain_entry; 7767} 7768 7769/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7770 by the given parameters. 7771 7772 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical 7773 order as defined by the SORT entries. */ 7774 7775static ssd_chain_struct * 7776create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7777 const char *name, 7778 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7779 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7780 int comdat, 7781 int common, 7782 int dup_common, 7783 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7784 int sort, 7785 int access_ctr, 7786 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7787 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7788 int quadrant, 7789 asection *seg) 7790{ 7791 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7792 7793 chain_entry = XNEW (ssd_chain_struct); 7794 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name); 7795 7796 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive 7797 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */ 7798 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0; 7799 7800 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0; 7801 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg; 7802 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL; 7803 7804 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */ 7805 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL) 7806 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7807 else 7808 { 7809 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7810 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7811 7812 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces; 7813 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7814 7815 while (chain_pointer) 7816 { 7817 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7818 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next; 7819 } 7820 7821 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update 7822 the links. */ 7823 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7824 { 7825 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7826 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry; 7827 } 7828 else 7829 { 7830 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7831 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7832 } 7833 } 7834 7835#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7836 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7837 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7838#endif 7839 7840 return chain_entry; 7841} 7842 7843/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the 7844 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */ 7845 7846static ssd_chain_struct * 7847update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7848 char *name, 7849 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7850 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7851 int comdat, 7852 int common, 7853 int dup_common, 7854 int sort, 7855 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7856 int access_ctr, 7857 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7858 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7859 int quadrant, 7860 asection *section) 7861{ 7862 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7863 7864 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name); 7865 7866#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7867 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7868 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7869#endif 7870 7871 return chain_entry; 7872} 7873 7874/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or 7875 NULL if no such space exists. */ 7876 7877static sd_chain_struct * 7878is_defined_space (const char *name) 7879{ 7880 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7881 7882 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7883 chain_pointer; 7884 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next) 7885 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0) 7886 return chain_pointer; 7887 7888 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */ 7889 return NULL; 7890} 7891 7892/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping 7893 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL. 7894 7895 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much, 7896 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */ 7897 7898static sd_chain_struct * 7899pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg) 7900{ 7901 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7902 7903 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */ 7904 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7905 space_chain; 7906 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7907 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7908 return space_chain; 7909 7910 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */ 7911 return NULL; 7912} 7913 7914/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name 7915 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists. 7916 7917 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to 7918 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations. 7919 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non 7920 COMDAT data. 7921 7922 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may 7923 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its 7924 own subspace. */ 7925 7926static ssd_chain_struct * 7927is_defined_subspace (const char *name) 7928{ 7929 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7930 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7931 7932 /* Walk through each space. */ 7933 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7934 space_chain; 7935 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7936 { 7937 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */ 7938 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7939 subspace_chain; 7940 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7941 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0) 7942 return subspace_chain; 7943 } 7944 7945 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */ 7946 return NULL; 7947} 7948 7949/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no 7950 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL. 7951 7952 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace 7953 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have 7954 to become more efficient. */ 7955 7956static ssd_chain_struct * 7957pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg) 7958{ 7959 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7960 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 7961 7962 /* Walk through each space. */ 7963 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7964 space_chain; 7965 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7966 { 7967 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7968 { 7969 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for 7970 the correct mapping. */ 7971 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 7972 subspace_chain; 7973 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 7974 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg) 7975 return subspace_chain; 7976 } 7977 } 7978 7979 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */ 7980 return NULL; 7981} 7982 7983/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number. 7984 7985 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space 7986 that was found or NULL on failure. */ 7987 7988static sd_chain_struct * 7989pa_find_space_by_number (int number) 7990{ 7991 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7992 7993 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7994 space_chain; 7995 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7996 { 7997 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number) 7998 return space_chain; 7999 } 8000 8001 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */ 8002 return NULL; 8003} 8004 8005/* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting 8006 address is unknown then return zero. */ 8007 8008static unsigned int 8009pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant) 8010{ 8011 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this 8012 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */ 8013 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1) 8014 return 0x40000000; 8015 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1) 8016 return 0x40000000; 8017 else 8018 return 0; 8019 return 0; 8020} 8021#endif 8022 8023/* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of 8024 a string. */ 8025 8026static unsigned int 8027pa_stringer_aux (char *s) 8028{ 8029 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK; 8030 8031 switch (c) 8032 { 8033 case '\"': 8034 c = NOT_A_CHAR; 8035 break; 8036 default: 8037 break; 8038 } 8039 return c; 8040} 8041 8042/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */ 8043 8044static void 8045pa_stringer (int append_zero) 8046{ 8047 char *s, num_buf[4]; 8048 unsigned int c; 8049 int i; 8050 8051 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences. 8052 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be 8053 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */ 8054 8055#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8056 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8057 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8058#endif 8059 8060 /* Skip the opening quote. */ 8061 s = input_line_pointer + 1; 8062 8063 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++))) 8064 { 8065 if (c == '\\') 8066 { 8067 c = *s; 8068 switch (c) 8069 { 8070 /* Handle \x<num>. */ 8071 case 'x': 8072 { 8073 unsigned int number; 8074 int num_digit; 8075 char dg; 8076 char *s_start = s; 8077 8078 /* Get past the 'x'. */ 8079 s++; 8080 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s; 8081 num_digit < 2 8082 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8083 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F')); 8084 num_digit++) 8085 { 8086 if (ISDIGIT (dg)) 8087 number = number * 16 + dg - '0'; 8088 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8089 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10; 8090 else 8091 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10; 8092 8093 s++; 8094 dg = *s; 8095 } 8096 if (num_digit > 0) 8097 { 8098 switch (num_digit) 8099 { 8100 case 1: 8101 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number); 8102 break; 8103 case 2: 8104 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number); 8105 break; 8106 } 8107 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++) 8108 s_start[i] = num_buf[i]; 8109 } 8110 break; 8111 } 8112 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */ 8113 default: 8114 s++; 8115 break; 8116 } 8117 } 8118 } 8119 stringer (8 + append_zero); 8120 pa_undefine_label (); 8121} 8122 8123/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */ 8124 8125static void 8126pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8127{ 8128 obj_version (0); 8129 pa_undefine_label (); 8130} 8131 8132#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8133 8134/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */ 8135 8136static void 8137pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8138{ 8139 obj_som_compiler (0); 8140 pa_undefine_label (); 8141} 8142 8143#endif 8144 8145/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */ 8146 8147static void 8148pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8149{ 8150 obj_copyright (0); 8151 pa_undefine_label (); 8152} 8153 8154/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine 8155 the latest space label. */ 8156 8157static void 8158pa_cons (int nbytes) 8159{ 8160 cons (nbytes); 8161 pa_undefine_label (); 8162} 8163 8164/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */ 8165 8166static void 8167pa_float_cons (int float_type) 8168{ 8169 float_cons (float_type); 8170 pa_undefine_label (); 8171} 8172 8173/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */ 8174 8175static void 8176pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8177{ 8178#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8179 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8180 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8181#endif 8182 8183 s_fill (0); 8184 pa_undefine_label (); 8185} 8186 8187/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */ 8188 8189static void 8190pa_lcomm (int needs_align) 8191{ 8192#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8193 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8194 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8195#endif 8196 8197 s_lcomm (needs_align); 8198 pa_undefine_label (); 8199} 8200 8201/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */ 8202 8203static void 8204pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8205{ 8206#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8207 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8208 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8209#endif 8210 8211 s_lsym (0); 8212 pa_undefine_label (); 8213} 8214 8215/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should 8216 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */ 8217 8218void 8219md_begin (void) 8220{ 8221 const char *retval = NULL; 8222 int lose = 0; 8223 unsigned int i = 0; 8224 8225 last_call_info = NULL; 8226 call_info_root = NULL; 8227 8228 /* Set the default machine type. */ 8229 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL)) 8230 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 8231 8232 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA. 8233 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */ 8234 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text) 8235 { 8236 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target.")); 8237 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0; 8238 } 8239 8240#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8241 pa_spaces_begin (); 8242#endif 8243 8244 op_hash = hash_new (); 8245 8246 while (i < NUMOPCODES) 8247 { 8248 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name; 8249 8250 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]); 8251 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0') 8252 { 8253 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval); 8254 lose = 1; 8255 } 8256 8257 do 8258 { 8259 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask) 8260 != pa_opcodes[i].match) 8261 { 8262 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"), 8263 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args); 8264 lose = 1; 8265 } 8266 ++i; 8267 } 8268 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name)); 8269 } 8270 8271 if (lose) 8272 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.")); 8273 8274#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8275 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put 8276 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */ 8277 subseg_set (text_section, 0); 8278#endif 8279 8280#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8281 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy"); 8282 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section); 8283 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */ 8284 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; 8285#endif 8286} 8287 8288/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be 8289 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument 8290 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions. 8291 8292 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing 8293 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates 8294 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of 8295 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry 8296 with the address of "foo"). 8297 8298 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend 8299 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of 8300 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8. 8301 8302 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for 8303 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field 8304 selectors). 8305 8306 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such 8307 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */ 8308 8309int 8310hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp) 8311{ 8312#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8313 reloc_type code; 8314#endif 8315 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix; 8316 8317 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8318 8319#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8320 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation 8321 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below) 8322 even if they occur with a different selector. */ 8323 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type, 8324 hppa_fix->fx_r_format, 8325 hppa_fix->fx_r_field); 8326 8327 switch (code) 8328 { 8329 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */ 8330 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 8331 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 8332 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L: 8333 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L: 8334 8335 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */ 8336 case R_PARISC_DIR14R: 8337 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR: 8338 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR: 8339 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 8340 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 8341 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR: 8342 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR: 8343 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R: 8344 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR: 8345 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR: 8346 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R: 8347 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR: 8348 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR: 8349 8350 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */ 8351 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY: 8352 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 8353 return 0; 8354 default: 8355 break; 8356 } 8357#endif 8358 8359 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when 8360 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace. 8361 8362 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these; 8363 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever 8364 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */ 8365 if (fixp->fx_addsy 8366 && fixp->fx_subsy 8367 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE)) 8368 return 0; 8369 8370 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors. 8371 8372 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will 8373 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at 8374 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice 8375 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for 8376 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the 8377 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and 8378 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer 8379 sum to the right value. 8380 8381 eg. Suppose we have 8382 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21 8383 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26 8384 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25 8385 8386 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after 8387 reducing to the section symbol we get 8388 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0 8389 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092 8390 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096 8391 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k 8392 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096. 8393 8394 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we 8395 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds 8396 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP 8397 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case 8398 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */ 8399 8400 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel 8401 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel 8402 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel) 8403 return 0; 8404 8405 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs, 8406 relocations with plabels. */ 8407 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel 8408 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel 8409 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 8410 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel 8411 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 8412 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel) 8413 return 0; 8414 8415 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */ 8416 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8417 return 0; 8418 8419 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */ 8420 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy)) 8421 return 0; 8422 8423 return 1; 8424} 8425 8426/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation, 8427 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled 8428 within GAS. */ 8429 8430int 8431hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp) 8432{ 8433 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 8434 8435 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8436#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8437 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY 8438 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT 8439 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 8440 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 8441 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY 8442 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY 8443 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL 8444 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) 8445 return 1; 8446#endif 8447#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8448 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT 8449 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY) 8450 return 1; 8451#endif 8452 8453 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL); 8454 8455 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic 8456 linking works. */ 8457 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1)) 8458 return 1; 8459 8460 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation 8461 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long 8462 call stub. */ 8463 if (fixp->fx_pcrel 8464 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy), 8465 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)) 8466 return 1; 8467 8468 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */ 8469 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL) 8470 { 8471 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp); 8472 valueT distance, min_stub_distance; 8473 8474 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8; 8475 8476 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most 8477 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */ 8478 min_stub_distance = pc + 16; 8479#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8480 if (last_call_info != NULL) 8481 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol); 8482#endif 8483 8484 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216 8485 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608) 8486 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 8487 && distance + 262144 >= 524288 8488 && min_stub_distance <= 262144) 8489 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 8490 && distance + 8192 >= 16384 8491 && min_stub_distance <= 8192) 8492 ) 8493 return 1; 8494 } 8495 8496 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8497 return 1; 8498 8499 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */ 8500 return 0; 8501} 8502 8503/* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */ 8504#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8505/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size 8506 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the 8507 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the 8508 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */ 8509 8510void 8511elf_hppa_final_processing (void) 8512{ 8513 struct call_info *call_info_pointer; 8514 8515 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root; 8516 call_info_pointer; 8517 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next) 8518 { 8519 elf_symbol_type *esym 8520 = ((elf_symbol_type *) 8521 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol)); 8522 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size = 8523 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol) 8524 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4; 8525 } 8526} 8527 8528static void 8529pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8530{ 8531 struct fix *new_fix; 8532 8533 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0); 8534 8535 if (new_fix) 8536 { 8537 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8538 8539 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8540 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8541 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8542 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8543 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8544 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8545 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY; 8546 } 8547} 8548 8549static void 8550pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8551{ 8552 struct fix *new_fix; 8553 8554 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0); 8555 8556 if (new_fix) 8557 { 8558 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (¬es, struct hppa_fix_struct); 8559 8560 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8561 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8562 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8563 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8564 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8565 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8566 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT; 8567 } 8568} 8569#endif 8570 8571/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these 8572 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file 8573 dependent tables? */ 8574const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = 8575{ 8576 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested, 8577 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */ 8578#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8579 {"align", pa_align, 8}, 8580#endif 8581#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8582 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8}, 8583#endif 8584 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1}, 8585 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1}, 8586 {"block", pa_block, 1}, 8587 {"blockz", pa_block, 0}, 8588 {"byte", pa_cons, 1}, 8589 {"call", pa_call, 0}, 8590 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0}, 8591#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)) 8592 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0}, 8593#else 8594 {"code", pa_text, 0}, 8595 {"comm", pa_comm, 0}, 8596#endif 8597#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8598 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0}, 8599#endif 8600 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0}, 8601#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8602 {"data", pa_data, 0}, 8603#endif 8604 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'}, 8605 {"dword", pa_cons, 8}, 8606 {"end", pa_end, 0}, 8607 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0}, 8608#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8609 {"end_try", pa_try, 0}, 8610#endif 8611 {"enter", pa_enter, 0}, 8612 {"entry", pa_entry, 0}, 8613 {"equ", pa_equ, 0}, 8614 {"exit", pa_exit, 0}, 8615 {"export", pa_export, 0}, 8616 {"fill", pa_fill, 0}, 8617 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8618 {"half", pa_cons, 2}, 8619 {"import", pa_import, 0}, 8620 {"int", pa_cons, 4}, 8621 {"label", pa_label, 0}, 8622 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0}, 8623 {"leave", pa_leave, 0}, 8624 {"level", pa_level, 0}, 8625 {"long", pa_cons, 4}, 8626 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0}, 8627#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8628 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1}, 8629#endif 8630 {"octa", pa_cons, 16}, 8631 {"org", pa_origin, 0}, 8632 {"origin", pa_origin, 0}, 8633 {"param", pa_param, 0}, 8634 {"proc", pa_proc, 0}, 8635 {"procend", pa_procend, 0}, 8636 {"quad", pa_cons, 8}, 8637 {"reg", pa_equ, 1}, 8638 {"short", pa_cons, 2}, 8639 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8640#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8641 {"space", pa_space, 0}, 8642 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0}, 8643#endif 8644 {"string", pa_stringer, 0}, 8645 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1}, 8646#ifdef OBJ_SOM 8647 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0}, 8648#endif 8649#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8650 {"text", pa_text, 0}, 8651#endif 8652 {"version", pa_version, 0}, 8653#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8654 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0}, 8655 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0}, 8656#endif 8657 {"word", pa_cons, 4}, 8658 {NULL, 0, 0} 8659}; 8660 8661#ifdef OBJ_ELF 8662void 8663hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) 8664{ 8665 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0); 8666} 8667 8668int 8669hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname) 8670{ 8671 unsigned int regnum = -1; 8672 unsigned int i; 8673 const char *p; 8674 char *q; 8675 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = 8676 { 8677 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 }, 8678 }; 8679 8680 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) 8681 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) 8682 return regnames[i].dw2regnum; 8683 8684 if (regname[0] == 'r') 8685 { 8686 p = regname + 1; 8687 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8688 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) 8689 return -1; 8690 } 8691 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r') 8692 { 8693 p = regname + 2; 8694 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8695#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 8696 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8697 return -1; 8698 regnum += 32 - 4; 8699#else 8700 if (p == q 8701 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1))) 8702 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8703 return -1; 8704 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32; 8705 if (*q == 'R') 8706 regnum++; 8707#endif 8708 } 8709 return regnum; 8710} 8711#endif 8712